b. tech (mechatronics engineering) (version 5.0) w.e.f. …

257
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES (ISO 9001:2008 Certified) B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. 2019 ______________________________________________________________________________ ___________ UPES Campus Tel : + 91-135- 2776053/54 “Energy Acres” Fax: + 91-135- 2776090 P.O Bidholi via Prem Nagar, Bidholi URL: www.upes.ac.in Dehradun 248007 (Uttarakhand)

Upload: others

Post on 24-Apr-2022

6 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

(ISO 9001:2008 Certified)

B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING)

(VERSION 5.0)

w.e.f. 2019

______________________________________________________________________________

___________

UPES Campus Tel : + 91-135-

2776053/54

“Energy Acres” Fax: + 91-135-

2776090

P.O Bidholi via Prem Nagar, Bidholi URL:

www.upes.ac.in

Dehradun – 248007

(Uttarakhand)

Page 2: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

All Information contained in this document has been licensed

to the University of Petroleum & Energy Studies (UPES), which

have the sole intellectual property rights in this information. By

accepting this material, the recipient agrees that the

information contained herein will be held in confidence and will

not be reproduced, disclosed, divulged or used either in whole

or in part without prior permission from UPES

@ UPES

Page 3: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

B.Tech. Mechatronics Engineering 2019 SEMESTER I SEMESTER II

Course

Code

Course Credits Course Code Course Credits

MATH 1026 Mathematics I 4 MATH 1027 Mathematics II 4

CHEM 1011 Chemistry I 4 PHYS 1020 Physics I 4

SODT 1301 Design Thinking 3 PHYS 1120 Physics I Lab 1.5

EPEG 1001 Basic Electrical Engineering 2 HUMN 1006 English 2

MECH 1004 Engineering Graphics 3 HUMN 1106 English Lab 1

HSFS 1004 Environmental Science 0 MEPD 1002 Workshop Practices 3

EPEG 1101 Basic Electrical Engineering

Lab 1 ECEG 1002

Basic Electronics

Engineering 2

CHEM 1111 Chemistry I Lab

1.5 ECEG 1102 Basic Electronics

Engineering Lab 1

HUMN 1010 Induction Program 0 CSEG 1003

Programming for

Problem Solving 3

CSEG 1103

Programming for

Problem Solving Lab 2

HUMN 1007 Indian Constitution 0

TOTAL 18.5 TOTAL 23.5

SEMESTER

III

SEMESTER IV

Course

Code

Course Credits Course Code Course Credits

MATH 2037 Statistical and Numerical

Methods 4

HSFS 2301 Biology for Engineers 3

MEMA

2001 Materials Science 3

UCIE 0301 Venture Ideation 2

MECH 2014 Engineering

Thermodynamics 3

MECH 2019 Engineering Mechanics 4 MECH 2025

Fluid Mechanics & Fluid

Machines 5

HUMN 1301 Human Values & Ethics 3 MECH 2012 Strength of Materials 4

ECEG 2010 Signals & Systems 3 ECEG 2030

Analog & Digital

Electronics 3

Open Elective I 3 ECEG 3011

Instrumentation &

Control 3

MECH 2103 Engineering Graphics

Lab II 1

TOTAL 23 TOTAL 21

SEMESTER

V

SEMESTER VI

Course

Code

Course Credits Course Code Course Credits

MECH 3019 Theory of Machines 5 ECEG 3028

Programmable Logic

Controller & HMI 4.5

ECEG 2003 Embedded Systems 4 MECH 3021

Hydraulics and

Pneumatics 4.5

MECH 3001 Design of Machine Elements 4 MEPD 4010 CAD/CAM 4

ECEG 3001 Robotics & Control 4 Professional Elective II 3

HUMN 3011 Presentation Skills 3

Page 4: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Professional Elective I 3 HUMN 3010 Social Internship 1

PROJ 3110 Minor Project I 1 PROJ 3102 Minor Project II 3

TOTAL 21 TOTAL 23

PE- I PE - II

MEPD

3010P Manufacturing Technology

MECH 3015P Heat Transfer

CSEG

3019P Data Structure & Algorithms CSEG 2014P

Computer Organization

& Architecture

ECEG

4006P

Analog & Digital

Communication MEPD 3009P Advanced Robotics

SEMESTER VII SEMESTER VIII

Course

Code

Course Credits Course Code Course Credits

EPEG 3002 Power Electronics & Drives 4 MEPD 4016

Mechatronics System

Design 4

MEPD 4010 Automation in Manufacturing 3 Professional Elective IV 3

Professional Elective III 3 Professional Elective V 3

Open Elective II 3 Open Elective III 3

MEPD 4115 Real Time Systems Lab 1 PROJ 4110 Major Project II 6

PROJ 4109 Major Project I 2

SIIB 4101 Summer Internship 2

TOTAL 18 TOTAL 19

PE - III PE - IV

MECH

4027P Vibration Engineering CSEG 4009P

Computer Programming

(JAVA)

MECH

4010P Biomedical Mechatronics MECH 4007P Finite Element Method

MECH

3014P

Design & Analysis of

Algorithms ECEG 2013P Digital Signal Processing

EPEG

4011P Electrical Machines CSEG 3005P Artificial Intelligence

MECH

4008P Operations Research PE - V

MECH 4011P

Micro Electro-Mechanical

Systems

CSEG 4008P

Computer Networks &

Distributed Control

CSIS 4001P Internet-of-Things

CHCE 3033P Process Control

Total Credits of B.Tech. Mechatronics Engineering 2019 167

Page 5: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

a. PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs) and PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs) for

ME:

B1. PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)

PO1. Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an

engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.

PO2. Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex engineering

problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural

sciences, and engineering sciences.

PO3. Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or

processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health

and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.

PO4. Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments,

analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid

conclusions.

PO5. Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering

and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an

understanding of the limitations.

PO6. Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health,

safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the

professional engineering practice.

PO7. Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and

environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable

development.

PO8. Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and

norms of the engineering practice.

PO9. Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and

in multidisciplinary settings.

PO10. Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering

community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective

reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear

instructions.

PO11. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management

principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage

projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

PO12. Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent

and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

Page 6: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

B2. Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)

PSO1. Design real-time mechatronic systems, components and processes.

PSO2. Apply the knowledge of Mechanical, Electrical, Computer Science and Artificial

Intelligence in the design of Engineering products and processes.

Page 7: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Page 8: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MATH-1026 Mathematics-I L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 0

Pre-requisites/Exposure Mathematics up to intermediate level

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To enable the students apply matrix theory in engineering problems.

2. To help the students develop the skills related to multivariate calculus.

3. To enable the students understand the application of vector calculus in engineering

problems.

4. To enable students approximate the function of one variable by infinite series.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course the students will be able to

CO1. Find the solution of a system of linear equations.

CO2. Apply the techniques to handle the functions of several variables for calculus.

CO3. Demonstrate the basic concepts of vector calculus with relevant applications.

CO4. Find the infinite series approximation of a periodic and non-periodic function of one

variable.

Catalog Description

Mathematics is a natural complementary discipline for learning, understanding and appreciating

many fundamental science and engineering concepts. It helps us to develop logical thinking and

also to find the right way to solve problems. The purpose of this course is to provide participants

with the skills, knowledge required to perform fundamental mathematical procedures and

processes for solution of engineering problems, particularly the use of matrices, multivariable

calculus, vector calculus. The approximation techniques for periodic and non-periodic functions

Page 9: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

using infinite series are important for engineering disciplines while matrices are foundations for

computer science.

Course Content

Unit I: Matrices 8 lecture hours

Elementary transformation, Inverse of matrix , linearly independent vectors, rank of a matrix,

solution of system of linear equations, Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors, characteristic equation,

Cayley-Hamilton Theorem, Diagonalization of matrices, Orthogonal transformation and

quadratic to canonical forms.

Unit II: Multivariable Calculus 12 lecture hours

Partial derivatives, Euler’s Theorem and its Applications, total derivative, Jacobians, extrema of

functions of two variables, Method of Lagrange multipliers.

Beta and gamma function, Multiple Integration: double and triple integrals, change of order of

integration, change of variables , Applications: areas, volumes, center of mass and Gravity

(constant and variable densities).

Unit III: Vector Calculus 8 lecture hours

Vector and scalar functions and fields, Gradient of a scalar field, Directional derivative;

Divergence and curl of a vector field. Line Integrals, Path Independence of Line Integrals;

Surface Integral; Volume Integral, Applications of Green’s theorem, Gauss’ divergence theorem

& Stoke’s theorem.

Unit IV: Fourier series and transform 8 lecture hours

Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s series, Periodic Functions, Fourier Series expansion of functions of

period 2𝑙, Half Range Sine and Cosine series, Fourier transform.

TEXT BOOKS

Page 10: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

1. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley Publications. ISBN:

9788126531356.

2. B.S. Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, 2000. ISBN:

8174091955

3. R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Narosa

Publications. ISBN: 9788184875607.

4. B. V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill. ISBN:

9780071070089.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

5. N.P. Bali and M. Goyal, “A text book of Engineering Mathematics”, Laxmi

Publications, 2010. ISBN : 978-81-318-0803-0

6. G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, “Calculus and Analytic geometry”, Pearson, 2002.

ISBN: 978-0201531749

7. T. Veerarajan, “Engineering Mathematics”, McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2008. ISBN: 978-

0-07-061678-3

8. D. Poole, “Linear Algebra: A Modern Introduction”, Brooks/Cole, 2005. ISBN: 978-

1285463247

9. V. Krishnamurthy, V. P. Mainra and J. L. Arora, “An introduction to Linear Algebra”,

Affiliated East-West press, 2005. ISBN: 9780071070591

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components IA MID SEM End Sem Total

Weightage (%) 30 20 50 100

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Page 11: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

P

O

11

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

PSO

3

CO1 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -

CO2 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -

CO3 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -

CO4 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -

Avera

ge 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - -

-

1. WEAK 2. MODERATE 3. STRONG

Page 12: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

CHEM1011 Chemistry-I L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure 12th Level Chemistry

Co-requisites

Course Objectives

1. To make students familiar with the fundamental concepts of chemistry.

2. To make the students understand the various basic chemical reactions, related

calculations and reasoning.

3. To prepare the students for studying advanced subjects with required knowledge of

chemistry.

Course Outcomes

CO1. Choose and develop the appropriate fuel for commercial and domestic application with

respect to socio-economic and environment concern.

CO2. Apply the concepts of reaction dynamics for the improvement of chemical reactions

involved in general chemical processes.

CO3. Explain the mechanism, theories and preventive measurements, of corrosion, with the

help of electrochemical concepts.

CO4. Analysis and enhance the water quality

CO5. Explain preparation method, properties and application of polymeric and nanomaterials.

Catalog Description

Chemistry is present everywhere around us. It is existing in everything we see, feel or imagine. It

is one of the very fundamental basics behind every structure, building, bridge, refinery and

industry. In this course, focus will be on firming the basic knowledge of students about

chemistry. Students will learn how to use the concepts correctly through prescribed syllabus.

They will be taught various types of fuels. Different processes used to improve the quality of

Page 13: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

fuels in refineries will be discussed. Combustion calculations related to oxygen or air required

will help them to get an effective fuel: O2 ratio to result in proper and complete combustion.

Water chemistry will make the students understand various parameters of water quality and the

treatments to improve it. Chemical dynamics will help them to understand the mechanism of

reaction. This knowledge will make them able to control the factors to move the reaction in

desired direction. Corrosion is based on electrochemical cells. For any engineer, it is quite

mandatory to have an understanding to select the suitable metal and also the methods to protect it

from decaying. They will also be discussed about various types of polymers and nanomaterials

so that they can correlate their properties to their various application areas. Course delivery will

be made by classroom teaching, Blackboard, presentations, videos and tutorial classes

Course Content

UNIT -1: FUELS & THERMOCHEMISTRY 10 lecture hours

Enthalpy of formation, Enthalpy of neutralization and Enthalpy of combustion, Hess’s law of

constant heat summation and its application, bond energy, Fuels - Introduction, Classification,

Important properties of a good fuels, Calorific value, Determination of calorific value by Bomb

calorimeter, Analysis of coal- proximate, Ultimate analysis, Combustion and its calculations,

Distillation of crude oil, composition of petroleum, Important reactions for petroleum industries

(isomerization, dimerization, aromatization, cracking), Octane number, cetane number,

renewable energy sources: biodiesel, biogas, bioethanol. Hydrocarbons chemistry: Basic

concepts for preparation strategy, chemical properties and reactivity of aliphatic (alkanes,

alkenes, alkynes, cycloalkanes) and aromatic hydrocarbons..

Unit 2: REACTION DYNAMICS 9 lecture hours

Rate of reaction and rate constant, factors affecting rate of a reaction, order and molecularity of a

reaction, Rate expression for zero and first order, Pseudo first order reaction, Second (2A &

A+B) and third (3A) order reaction, Methods of determining order of a reaction: Hit and trial

method, half-life period method, graphical method, Von’t Hoff method (ratio variation method),

differential method and Ostwald isolation method. Concept of energy barrier and activation

energy, Collision theory, Kinetics of complex reactions- reversible, parallel, consecutive and

Page 14: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

chain reaction, Steady state approximation, Lindemann theory. Equilibrium and equilibrium

constant, Kp, Kc, Kx. Homogeneous and heterogeneous equilibrium, Le-chatelier principle.

Unit 3: ELECTROCHEMISTRY AND CORROSION 6 lecture hour

Galvanic cell, Single electrode potential, Nernst equation, Nernst Equation based concept and

complex problem in electrochemistry, ECS and its applications. Conductance and its types,

Variation of conductance with dilution, Kohlrausch law, conductometric titrations, application of

electrochemistry in corrosion. Corrosion: Introduction, dry theory, Wet theory, acid theory,

types, Factors, prevention.

Unit 4: WATER CHEMISTRY 6 lecture hour

Introduction, hardness of water, measurement of hardness, alkalinity, water softening- lime-soda

process, zeolite process, ion exchange process.

Unit 5: POLYMERS 6 lecture hour

Classification, Types of polymerization techniques: Bulk, solution, suspension and emulsion,

mechanism of polymerization (cationic, anionic and free radical), vulcanization, average

molecular weight of polymers, conducting polymers, plastic used in daily life applications viz.

making of tyres, ropes, electrical fittings, contact lenses, credit cards, air tight containers,

cookwares, cold drink bottles.

Unit 6 : NANOMATERIALS 3 lecture hour

Introduction, Methods of preparation: precipitation, co-precipitation, sol-gel, hydrothermal,

microemulsion. Introduction to various characterization techniques viz. XRD, SEM, TEM, BET,

UV-VIS for nanomaterials. Properties: optical and surface properties. Application of

nanomaterials..

Text Books

1. Engineering Chemistry by Renu Bapna. Publisher: New Delhi: MacMillan, 2010,

ISBN:0230330762.

2. Text book of Engineering Chemistry by Shashi Chawla, Publisher: Delhi: Dhanpat Rai, 2014.

ISBN 13: 123456755036.

3. Engineering Chemistry by P. Krishnamoorty. Publisher: New Delhi: McGraw Hill, 2012,

Edition: 1. ISBN: 9780071328753.

Page 15: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Reference Books

1. Encyclopedic dictionary of organic chemistry, By Milton, Jules K., Publisher: New Delhi

Pentagon Press 2004Description: 208p., ISBN: 818274167--X; 9788182741676.

2. Crude oil chemistry, By: Simanzhenkov, Vasily, BookPublisher: New York: Marcel Dekker,

2003 Description: 409p.ISBN: 082474098.

3. Atkins' physical chemistry, By: Atkins, Peter, Paula, Julio De, BookPublisher: New Delhi

Oxford University Press 2014, Edition: 10th. ISBN: 9780198728726; 0198728727.

4. Essentials of Physical Chemistry by Bahl & Tuli, Publisher: S.Chand & Co., ISBN 13: 978-

8121929783.

5. Organic Chemistry for engineers, By: Mallick, Abhijit, Book Publisher: New Delhi: Viva

Books, 2012, ISBN: 9788130920580.

Modes of Evaluation: Class tests/Assignment/Tutorial Assessment/Written

Examination/Presentation

Examination Scheme:

Components IA MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

PO/CO PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PSO

01

PSO

02

CO1 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - - -

Page 16: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

CO4 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO5…. 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

Average 2.8 2 1 1 - - -

Page 17: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Course Objectives

1. To enable students to acquire knowledge, imagination and be more assertive on opinions

on problems in society.

2. To enable students to learn basics of research, data collection, analysis, brainstorming to

find solutions to issues.

3. To make them understand Design Thinking methodologies to problems in field of study

and other areas as well.

4. To help students to understand future Engineering positions with scope of understanding

dynamics of working between inter departments of a typical OEM.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

SODT 1301 DESIGN THINKING L T P C

Version 0.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Knowledge of analyzing society problems and product usage

problems and a zeal to improve the current situation, in

addition to knowing to using laptop/computers, internet,

social media interaction, file sharing and uploading, email

and communication etiquettes.

Co-requisites --

Page 18: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

CO1. Examine design thinking concepts and principles

CO2. Practice the methods, processes, and tools of design thinking

CO3. Apply the Design Thinking approach and model to real world scenarios

CO4. Analyze the role of primary and secondary research in the discovery stage of design

thinking

Catalog Description

Design thinking course is a completely online course offered to the first year B.Tech across all

streams. The course is offered by Laureate Design University for UPES Students along with

Domus Academy Milan and New School of Architecture & Design, San Diego. The Design

Thinking Model introduced in this course helps us to understand the steps followed in the

process of designing a solution to a problem. The online course has 8 modules to be completed in

8 weeks. Hence each module is allotted a week for understanding and assignment submissions.

Course Content

UNIT 1:WHAT IS DESIGN THINKING 06 lecture hours

Designers seek to transform problems into opportunities. Through collaboration, teamwork, and

creativity, they investigate user needs and desires on the way to developing human-centered

products and/or services. This approach is at the very heart of design thinking.

UNIT II: THE DESIGN THINKING MODEL 06 lecture hours

A tool that helps guide you along a design thinking path. The model does this by providing a

series of activities that that will help you effectively design a product, service or solution to a

user’s need. The model presents the approach as a process, allowing us to look at each step – or

phase – along the journey to the development of a final design.

UNIT III: PHASE 1: DISCOVER 08 lecture hours

Begin the design thinking process with the Discover phase, where you will identify the specific

problem your design is intended to solve, as well as important usability aspects from those who

will use your design. Discovery can be performed through a variety of different research

methods which you will learn in this module.

Page 19: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

UNIT IV: PHASE 2: DEFINE 08 lecture hours

In the Define phase, you come to understand the problem. We often refer to this as framing the

problem. You can do this by using a variety of tools, including storytelling, storyboarding,

customer journey maps, personas, scenarios, and more.

UNIT V: PHASE 3: DEVELOP 06 lecture hours

Turn your attention to solving the problem. In this phase you brainstorm custom creative

solutions to the problems previously identified and framed. To do this, you conceptualize in any

way that helps, putting ideas on paper, on a computer, or anywhere whereby they can be

considered and discussed.

Unit VI: PHASE 4: DELIVER 06 lecture hours

This phase is all about testing and building concepts. Here you take all of the ideas that have

been discussed to this point and bring them a little closer to reality by building a concept;

something that makes it easier for a user to experience a design. This concept is referred to as a

prototype.

Unit VII: PHASE 5: ITERATE 08 lecture hours

You will test the prototype of your design solution, collecting and acting on feedback received.

These actions may mean minor or major revisions to your design, and are repeated as often as

necessary until a solution is reached. Tools such as focus groups and questionnaires are used to

help you collect feedback that can help with your final design.

Unit VIII: BEYOND DESIGN THINKING 06 lecture hours

The Design Thinking Model is a tool that helps guide you along a design thinking path. The

model does this by providing a series of activities that that will help you effectively design a

product, service or solution to a user’s need. The model presents the approach as a process,

allowing us to look at each step – or phase – along the journey to the development of a final

design.

Text Books

1. All the references are available to download in the online course.

Page 20: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Reference Books

1. Brown, Tim. “What We Can Learn from Barn Raisers.” Design Thinking: Thoughts by

Tim Brown. Design Thinking, 16 January 2015. Web. 9 July 2015.

2. Knapp, Jake. “The 8 Steps to Creating a Great Storyboard.” Co.Design. Fast Company &

Inc., 21 Dec. 2013. Web. 9 July 2015.

3. van der Lelie, Corrie. “The Value of Storyboards in the Product Design Process.” Journal

of Personal and Ubiquitous Computing 10.203 (2006): 159–162. Web. 9 July 2015.

[PDF].

4. Millenson, Alisson. “Design Research 101: Prototyping Your Service with a Storyboard.”

Peer Insight. Peer Insight, 31 May 2013. Web. 9 July 2015.

Modes of Evaluation: online discussion and assignments

Examination Scheme: Continuous evaluation

All evaluation on the online course is done based on continuous basis for each of the 8

units/modules through out the semester. The assignment submission formats are in the form of

qualitative discussion boards and online submissions of research data and developed product

lifecycle and originally designed/redesigned prototype images.

Components Internal Assessment MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 0 0 100

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)

and Course Outcomes (COs)

CO/P

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 - - 2 2 2 1 1 - 1 1 1 3 - -

Page 21: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

CO2 - - 2 2 2 2 1 - 1 1 1 3 - -

CO3 1 1 3 2 2 1 3 1 2 2 3 3 - -

CO4 - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 3 - -

Avera

ge 1 1 2.5

2.2

5

2.2

5

1.7

5 2 1 1.5 1.5 1.75 3 - -

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

Page 22: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Course Objectives

1. To provide knowledge required to understand environmental issues in multidisciplinary

model.

2. To enable student to comprehend natural environment and its relationships with human

activities and their impact.

3. The student should be capable to understand structural and functional aspects of ecosystem,

energy flow within the ecosystem using water, carbon, oxygen and nitrogen cycle and the

types of ecosystems,

4. To provide knowledge required to understand the renewable and non-renewable resources,

estimate the biological diversity of the environment and the threats to this biological

diversity.

5. Provide knowledge pertaining to the various types of pollution; identify the causes of various

types of pollution and their harmful effects. In addition, various treatment methods and

pollution control techniques.

6. To provide knowledge required to explain on global environmental issues

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1: Recall information, ideas, and principles in the various aspects of environmental science

and ecology that are particularly valuable to society.

HSFS 1004 Environmental Science L T P C

Version 0.0 0(Online) 0 0 0

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basics of Chemistry, Biology and Physics

General Observation, Discipline & Adaptability

Co-requisites --

Page 23: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

CO2: Distinguish and relate different types of biodiversity and natural resource and their impact

on sustainable development.

CO3: Assesses and analyze various aspect and types of pollution and will be able to adopt

ecofriendly technologies to facilitate conservation and regeneration of natural resource.

CO4: Create a pro- environmental attitude and behavioral pattern in the student that is based

creating sustainable life styles.

Catalog Description

Environmental Science, it is important for the students to have a knowledge about what is

happening to the earth and its resources. "The interdisciplinary course will be helpful in

imparting knowledge to undergraduates from all educational backgrounds". It will not only give

them a better understanding of environmental issues at the local, regional and global levels but

also help them develop lateral thinking in this area.

The subject gives a direct contact with nature and the knowledge of it: The subject

environmental science gives students an ample scope for ‘application’. They will get some real-

time knowledge and skill, which required when they are actually dealing with environmental

problems and the possible solutions. They can actually see the knowledge of physics and

chemistry and for that matter even biology helps them to protect environment. This could give

the student community a sense of ‘empowerment’.

EVS encompasses many other science domains: In EVS we find a classic amalgamation of many

other branches of science. This will expose students to a variety of theories and practical

approaches thus enriching their knowledge.

EVS encourages collaborative studies: When we talk about environmental issues, we

immediately realize that they are complex in nature. Such a thing will certainly chisel the

analytical and problem solving skills of the students. Since the nature of environmental problems

is both complex and critical, besides being huge, it demands team and collaborative work. This

helps students to improve their interpersonal skills and they will emerge great leaders and team

players in the future.

Page 24: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Conscientizes students to the problems of the planet earth: The study of EVS could itself be

conscientizing instrument in making students realize the peril of survival. Students might

become aware of the danger that many may be unknowingly or ignorantly unleashing upon the

planet we are living. In some ways it could be related to something called as “emancipator

pedagogy’’ which makes students more insightful.

Course Content

Unit I: MULTIDISCIPLINARY NATURE OF ENVIRONMENT STUDIES

04 Lecture hours

Multidisciplinary nature of Environmental Studies, scope, importance of environment & need of

public awareness. Institutions in Environment, People in Environment

Unit II: ECOSYSTEM 05 Lecture Hours

Concept of Ecosystem, Structure of ecosystem (Biotic and Abiotic) Biotic ( Producer,

Consumer and Decomposer), Abiotic ( Physical factors & Chemical Factors) Functions of

ecosystem Food Chain, Food Web, Trophic Level, Ecological Pyramid ( Pyramid of energy,

biomass, number) Energy flow in an Ecosystem, Biogeochemical cycle ( cycling of nutrients ),

Carbon Cycle, Nitrogen cycle, Water Cycle, Oxygen Cycle, Carbon Cycle, Phosphorus cycle,

Ecological Succession – Definition , Types of Succession, (Hydrosere and Xerosere) and

Process of Succession.

Major Ecosystem Types: Terrestrial Ecosystem: Taiga, Tundra, Deciduous, Grassland, Tropical

Rain Forest, Desert, Aquatic Ecosystem: Fresh Water, (Lentic and Lotic Ecosystem) and Marine,

Ecosystem

Unit III: NATURAL RESOURCES AND MANAGEMENT 05 Lecture Hours

Introduction of natural resources, Renewable and non-renewable resources, Renewable Energy:

Wind, Power, Geothermal, Hydropower, Biomass, Biofuel, Non-Renewable Energy: Petroleum,

Natural Gas, Coal, Nuclear energy, Forest, Use of forest, Deforestation & Afforestation. Causes

of Deforestation, Equitable use of resources for sustainable life style: Current and Future Global

Challenges, Water (Surface water and ground water), Mineral resources

Page 25: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

UNIT IV: BIODIVERSITY & ITS CONSERVATION 05 Lecture Hours

Introduction of biodiversity, types of biodiversity (Genetic, Species and Ecosystem

Biodiversity), Biogeographic Classification of India, Four Level Biogeographical Classification,

(a) The Biogeographic Zone (b) The Biotic Province, (c) The Land Region (d) The Biome, India-

A Mega-diversity nation, Ecoregion, Terrestrial Biome, Hot-Spots Biodiversity, Threats to

Biodiversity, conservation of biodiversity (In - situ & Ex-situ), Case Study Project Tiger

UNIT V: ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION AND ITS CONTROL METHODS

05 Lecture Hours

Environmental Pollution, Types of Pollution, Causes, Effects and Control measures of Air

pollution, Water pollution, Soil pollution, Noise pollution, Thermal pollution, Radioactive

pollution, Solid waste management- Causes, Effects and Control measures, Disaster

Management (Flood, Earth Quake, Cyclone & Landslide)

UNIT VI: SOCIAL ISSUES AND ENVIRONMENT 06 Lecture Hours

Concept of sustainable development, (Concept, Principle and measures to Promote Sustainable

Development), Climate changes, Global warming, Acid rain, ozone layer depletion, Carbon Foot

Print, Ecological Foot Print, Environmental Impact Assessment, Environmental Protection Act,

Air Prevention Act, The Water Prevention Act, The Wild Life Protection Act, Forest

Conservation Act

UNIT VII: HUMAN POPULATION & ENVIRONMENT 06 Lecture Hours

Population growth, Variation among Nations, Family Welfare Programme Global Population

Growth, Population Explosion, Urbanization, HIV AIDS, Environment & Human Health, Value

Education, Women & Child Welfare, Role of IT in Environment & Human Health, Case Studies

PROJECT WORK (FIELD WORK)

Text Books

1. Text Book of Environmental Studies (Erach Bharucha) UGC, New Delhi

Reference Books

1. Text Book of Environmental Studies (Erach Bharucha) UGC, New Delhi

Page 26: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

2. Principles of Environmental Science & R.Pannir Selvam SPGS, Chennai0600 088

Engineering

3. Encyclopaedia of Ecology, Environment Swaroop. R,Mishra, S.N. Mitlal, New Delhi

Jauri, V.P.

4. Environmental Concerns Saigo & Cunningham

5. Air Pollution by M. N. Rao

6. Environmental Studies: Kaur.H Pragati Prakashan, Meerut

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Test/ Assignment / Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components IA MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)

and Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 2 2 - - 2 - - - - - - - -

CO2 2 - 3 - - 3 1 - - - - - - -

CO3 - 3 - - - 1 3 - - - 1 - - -

CO4 1 - 1 - - 1 3 - - - - - - -

Average 1.5 2.5 2 - - 1.75 2.3 - - - 1 - - -

1=weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

Page 27: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

EPEG 1001 Basic Electrical Engineering L T P C

Version 3.0 2 0 0 2

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of fundamentals of electrical components

and Engineering Mathematics

Co-requisites Basic knowledge of Electro-Magnetics

Course Objectives

1) Study the fundamental laws of Electrical Engineering

2) Apply laws to solve the DC & AC Circuits and 3-Phase Circuit

3) Study the Constructional features, operation and characteristics of Electrical Machines

4) Study and develop the Industrial Electrical System.

b. COURSE OUTCOMES FOR ENGINEERING: At the end of this course student should

be able to :

CO1. Understand the fundamental laws of Electrical Engineering

CO2. Solve DC & AC Circuits and understand 3-Phase Circuit

CO3. Understand the Constructional features, operation and characteristics of Electrical

Machines

CO4. Understand the Industrial Electrical System.

Catalog Description

Electrical Engineering is an essential requirement part of human being and engineering. As a part

of engineering studies, students must learn the basics of Electrical Engineering. This course

describes about the various fundamental laws of Electrical Engineering, Various AC & DC

Circuits and solution of simple electrical circuits. The course also describes about the various

Electrical Machines their construction, Working principles, characteristics and applications.

The course also deals with Industrial Electrical System layouts, earthings, protections and safety

precautions associated with electrical engineering.

Course Content:

Unit I:

Page 28: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Resistance, inductance and capacitance, open circuit and short circuit , electrical power and

energy; Voltage and current sources, Kirchoff current and voltage laws, analysis of simple

circuits with DC excitation. Superposition, Thevenin and Maximum Power Transfer theorem

Unit II:

AC CIRCUITS: Representation of sinusoidal waveforms, peak and RMS values, phasor

representation. Elementary analysis of single-phase ac circuits consisting of R, L, C, RL, RC,

RLC combinations. Real power, reactive power, apparent power, power factor. Resonance.

Three-phase balanced circuits, voltage and current relations in star and delta connections.

Unit III:

TRANSFORMERS:

Construction, Working Principle and Classification; Ideal and practical transformer, losses in

transformers & efficiency; Introduction to 3-phase transformer;

Unit-IV: ELECTRICAL MACHINES

Classification of motors (AC & DC), characteristics & applications of DC Motors;

Construction and working of Three Phase Induction motor, RMF, Torque-slip characteristics,

Introduction of starting and speed control of Electric dc motors;

Unit V

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS

Components of LT Switchgear: Switch Fuse Unit (SFU), MCB, ELCB, MCCB;

Types of Wires and Cables, Earthing; Types of Batteries, Important Characteristics for Batteries.

Elementary calculations for energy consumption, and battery backup.

TEXT BOOK:

1. Basic Electrical Engineering by Ashfaq Hussain/V.K. Mehta

2. Basic Electrical Engineering, by J B Gupta S K Kataria and Sons.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Basic Electrical Engineering By Chakrabarti, Tata McGraw Hill

2. Basic Electrical Engineering By U.A.Bakshi, V.U.Bakshi, Technical Publications Pune

Page 29: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

3. A Text Book of Electrical Machines By Rajput, L P Publications

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components IA MID SEM End Sem Total

Weightage (%) 30 20 50 100

Table: Correlation of POs v/s COs

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial

(High)

PO/

CO

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO1

2

PS

O 1

PSO

2

CO1 3 3 - 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -

CO2 - - - 1 - - - - - 2 2 - - -

CO3 2 2 - 1 - - - - 1 - - 1 - -

CO4 - 3 - - - 1 1 - - 3 - - - -

Avg. 2.5 2.6

7

- 1 - 1 1 - 1 2.5 1.5 1 - -

Page 30: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MECH 1004 Engineering Graphics L T P C

Version 1.0 1 0 4 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure

Co-requisites

Course objectives:

1. Introduction to engineering design and its place in society.

2. Exposure to the visual aspects of engineering design.

3. Exposure to engineering graphics standards.

4. Exposure to solid modelling.

5. Exposure to computer-aided geometric design.

6. Exposure to creating working drawings.

7. Exposure to engineering communication.

Course outcomes:

CO1 Remember the conventions of engineering graphics such as types of lines,

dimensioning, method of projection etc.

CO2 Demonstrate understanding of fundamental concepts of engineering graphics.

CO3 Apply knowledge of orthographic and isometric projections to solve problems related

to points, lines, planes and solids.

CO4 Analyze the basic Engineering drawings

Course description:

All phases of manufacturing or construction require the conversion of new ideas and

design concepts into the basic line language of graphics. Therefore, there are many areas (civil,

mechanical, electrical, architectural, and industrial) in which the skills of the CAD technicians

play major roles in the design and development of new products or construction. Students

prepare for actual work situations through practical training in a new state-of-the-art computer

designed CAD laboratory using engineering software.

Course content:

Traditional Engineering Graphics:

Engineering Graphics & Design Theory L:1 P:0 T:0 C:1

Page 31: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Principles of Engineering Graphics; Orthographic Projection; Descriptive Geometry;

Drawing Principles; Isometric Projection; Surface Development; Perspective; Reading a

Drawing; Sectional Views; Dimensioning & Tolerances; True Length, Angle; intersection,

Shortest Distance.

Computer Graphics:

Engineering Graphics Software; -Spatial Transformations; Orthographic Projections; Model

Viewing; Co-ordinate Systems; Multi-view Projection; Exploded Assembly; Model Viewing;

Animation; Spatial Manipulation; Surface Modelling; Solid Modelling; Introduction to Building

Information Modelling (BIM)

Module 1: Introduction to Engineering Drawing Principles of Engineering Graphics and their significance, usage of Drawing instruments,

lettering, Conic sections including the Rectangular Hyperbola (General method only); Cycloid,

Epicycloid, Hypocycloid and Involute; Scales – Plain, Diagonal and Vernier Scales;

Module 2: Orthographic Projections Principles of Orthographic Projections-Conventions - Projections of Points and lines inclined to

both planes; Projections of planes inclined Planes - Auxiliary Planes;

Module 3: Projections of Regular Solids those inclined to both the Planes- Auxiliary Views; Draw simple annotation, dimensioning, and

scale. Floor plans that include: windows, doors, and fixtures such as WC, bath, sink, shower,

etc.

Module 4: Sections and Sectional Views of Right Angular Solids Prism, Cylinder, Pyramid, Cone – Auxiliary Views; Development of surfaces of Right

Regular Solids - Prism, Pyramid, Cylinder and Cone; Draw the sectional orthographic views of

geometrical solids, objects from industry and dwellings (foundation to slab only)

Module 5: Isometric Projections covering, Principles of Isometric projection – Isometric Scale, Isometric Views, Conventions; Isometric

Views of lines, Planes, Simple and compound Solids; Conversion of Isometric Views to

Orthographic Views and Vice-versa, Conventions;

Module 6: Overview of Computer Graphics

Engineering Graphics & Design Lab L:0 P:4 T:0 C:2

Page 32: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

listing the computer technologies that impact on graphical communication, Demonstrating

knowledge of the theory of CAD software [such as: The Menu System, Toolbars (Standard,

Object Properties, Draw, Modify and Dimension), Drawing Area (Background, Crosshairs,

Coordinate System), Dialog boxes and windows, Shortcut menus (Button Bars), The Command

Line (where applicable), The Status Bar, Different methods of zoom as used in CAD, Select

and erase objects.; Isometric Views of lines, Planes, Simple and compound Solids];

Module 7: Customization & CAD Drawing consisting of set up of the drawing page and the printer, including scale settings, setting up of

units and drawing limits; ISO and ANSI standards for coordinate dimensioning and

tolerancing; Orthographic constraints, Snap to objects manually and automatically; Producing

drawings by using various coordinate input entry methods to draw straight lines, Applying

various ways of drawing circles;

Module 8: Annotations, layering & other functions applying dimensions to objects, applying annotations to drawings; Setting up and use of

Layers, layers to create drawings, Create, edit and use customized layers; Changing line

lengths through modifying existing lines (extend/lengthen); Printing documents to paper

using the print command; orthographic projection techniques; Drawing sectional views of

composite right regular geometric solids and project the true shape of the sectioned surface;

Drawing annotation, Computer-aided design (CAD) software modeling of parts and

assemblies. Parametric and non-parametric solid, surface, and wireframe models. Part editing and

two-dimensional documentation of models. Planar projection theory, including sketching of

perspective, isometric, Multiview, auxiliary, and section views. Spatial visualization exercises.

Dimensioning guidelines, tolerancing techniques; dimensioning and scale multi views of

dwelling;

Module 9: Demonstration of a simple team design project Geometry and topology of engineered components: creation of engineering models and their

presentation in standard 2D blueprint form and as 3D wire-frame and shaded solids; meshed

topologies for engineering analysis and tool-path generation for component manufacture;

geometric dimensioning and tolerancing; Use of solid-modeling software for creating

associative models at the component and assembly levels; floor plans that include: windows,

doors, and fixtures such as WC, bath, sink, shower, etc. Applying color coding according to

building drawing practice; Drawing sectional elevation showing foundation to ceiling;

Introduction to Building Information Modelling (BIM).

Suggested Text/Reference Books:

1. Bhatt N.D., Panchal V.M. & Ingle P.R., (2014), Engineering Drawing, Charotar

Publishing House

2. Shah, M.B. & Rana B.C. (2008), Engineering Drawing and Computer Graphics,

Page 33: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Pearson Education

3. Agrawal B. & Agrawal C. M. (2012), Engineering Graphics, TMH Publication

4. Narayana, K.L. & P Kannaiah (2008), Text book on Engineering Drawing, Scitech

Publishers

(Corresponding set of) CAD Software Theory and User Manuals

Page 34: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Course Objectives

1. To help the students familiar with the fundamental concepts of practical chemistry

2. To make the students able to prepare standard solutions and few commercial materials

3. To make the students able to determine the strength of the solutions using basic

instrumental and classical methods.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1: Demonstrate the kinetics of chemical reaction and the synthesis of polymeric material like

resins.

CO2: Analyze efficiency/quality of different fuels/water samples for commercial and domestic

application.

CO3. Apply different types of titrations for various quantitative analysis.

CO4. Apply simulation method for the volumetric analysis of various neutralization reactions.

Catalog Description

Chemistry is present everywhere around us. It is existing in everything we see, feel or

imagine. It is one of the very fundamental basics behind every structure, building, bridge,

refinery and industry. In this lab course, focus will be on firming the basic knowledge of

students about chemistry. Students will learn how to use the concepts correctly through

prescribed syllabus and will perform related experiments in the Chemistry lab. They will

be taught to find the more effective fuel using proximate analysis and sulfur present in

fuel through gravimetric analysis. fuels. Different processes used to improve the quality

of fuels in refineries will be discussed. Water chemistry will make the students

CHEM 1111 Chemistry Lab L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 3 1.5

Pre-requisites/Exposure

Co-requisites --

Page 35: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

understand various parameters of water quality and the treatments to improve it. Kinetics

experiments help them to find order of reaction in lab. They learn to prepare polymers

also at lab scale. Lab activities include lab instructions, hands on experience, maintaining

lab record and viva-voce.

List of Experiments

1. To determine the strength of given solution of NaOH by titrating it against standard

oxalic acid solution using phenolphthalein.

2. To determine the percentage of moisture, volatile matter, ash content and fixed carbon in

a given coal sample by proximate analysis.

3. To estimate sulfur content in a given sulfate solution of sodium sulphate gravimetrically.

4. To determine the rate constant and order of the reaction of the hydrolysis of an ester

(ethyl acetate) at 250 C in the presence of 0.5N hydrochloric acid.

5. To determine the strength of given solution conductometrically.

6. To determine the strength of the given solution pH-metrically

7. To determine the total hardness of the given hard water sample by EDTA method

8. To determine the alkalinity of a given water sample.

9. To prepare Urea-Formaldehyde (UF) resin.

10. To determine the strength of a given solution of alkali by titrating it against various

standard acid solutions using suitable indicator using virtual lab.

Link : http://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=2&brch=193&sim=352&cnt=4

Text Books / Reference Books

1. Practicals in Physical Chemistry: A Modern Approach by Sindhu, P.S., Publisher: Delhi

Macmillan India, ISBN: 1403929165

2. Theory and Practicals of Engineering Chemistry by Chawla, Shashi, Publisher: New

Delhi Dhanpat Rai & Co., ISBM: 9788177000405, 8177000403

3. Practical Physical Chemistry by B. Viswanathan, Publisher: Viva Books, ISBML

9788130920696

Page 36: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Modes of Evaluation: Continuous Evaluation

Components Continuous evaluation

Weightage (%) 100

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 - 3 - - - - - - 1 - - - - -

CO2 - 3 - - - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 - 3 - - - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 - 3 - - 1 - - - - - - - - -

Avera

ge

- 3 - - 1 - - - 1 - - - - -

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

Page 37: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MECH1004 Engineering Graphics L T P C

Version 1.0 1 0 4 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives:

8. Introduction to engineering design and its place in society.

9. Exposure to the visual aspects of engineering design.

10. Exposure to Engineering graphics standards.

11. Exposure to solid modelling.

12. Exposure to computer-aided geometric design.

13. Exposure to creating working drawings.

14. Exposure to Engineering communication.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of this course student should be able to

CO1: Remember the conventions of engineering graphics such as types of lines, dimensioning,

method of projection etc.

CO2: Demonstrate understanding of fundamental concepts of engineering graphics.

CO3: Apply knowledge of orthographic and isometric projections to solve problems related to

points, lines, planes and solids.

CO4: Develop and model basic mechanical components.

Catalog Description:

All phases of manufacturing or construction require the conversion of new ideas and

design concepts into the basic line language of graphics. Therefore, there are many areas (civil,

mechanical, electrical, architectural, and industrial) in which the skills of the CAD technicians

play major roles in the design and development of new products or construction. Students

prepare for actual work situations through practical training in a new state-of-the-art computer

designed CAD laboratory using engineering software.

List of Exercises:

S.No. Exercise no. Content

1 Exercise-1 Introduction to CATIA and user interface

2 Exercise-2 Introduction to engineering Graphics, sheet layout and sketching.

3 Exercise-3 Drawing of Lines, Lettering.

4 Exercise-4 Dimensioning

Page 38: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

5 Exercise-5

Projection of points situated in 1st, 2nd, 3rd

and 4th quadrant

6 Exercise-6

Projection of Line parallel to one or both the planes, line

perpendicular to one plane and parallel to other

7 Exercise-7 Line inclined to one of the planes

8 Exercise-8 Line inclined to both the planes

9 Exercise-9 Line inclined to both the planes

10 Exercise-10 Projection of planes parallel to one of the references

11 Exercise-11

Projections of planes inclined to one of the reference

plane and perpendicular to the other

12 Exercise-12

Projections of planes inclined to one of the reference

plane and perpendicular to the other

13 Exercise-13

Introduction and types of solid, Projections of solids, Projections

of solids in simple positions.

14 Exercise-14 Projections of solids Inclined to one plane.

15 Exercise-15 Projections of solids Inclined to one planes.

16 Exercise-16 Section of Prisms, Pyramids

17 Exercise-17 Section of Cylinder, Cones

18 Exercise-18 Introduction of isometric axes, lines and planes.

19 Exercise-19 Isometric drawing of different objects

20 Exercise-20 Isometric drawing of different objects

21 Exercise-21

Methods of development, Developments of

lateral surfaces

22 Exercise-22

Methods of development, Developments of

lateral surfaces

23 Exercise-23 Principle of perspective projections

24 Exercise-24 Principle of perspective projections

Text Books / Reference Books

1) Bhatt, N. D. “Engineering Drawing”, Charol Publication

2) Gill, P. S. “Engineering Drawing”, Kataria Publication

3) Dhawan, R. K. “Engineering Drawing”, S Chand

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Page 39: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Components IA Lab End Sem Total

Weightage (%) 35 35 30 100

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

PO/CO PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

P

O

11

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 - 1 1 -

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 - 1 1 -

CO3 3 3 3 2 3 - - 1 - 2 - 1 1 -

CO4 3 3 3 2 3 - - 1 2 2 - 1 1 -

Averag

e 3 3 3 2 3 - - 1 2 2 - 1 1 -

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

Page 40: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

EPEG 1101 Basic Electrical Engineering Lab L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 2 1

Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Basic Knowledge of Physics.

b. Basic Knowledge of Mathematics

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To understand the fundamentals of electrical circuits

2. To understand the principle of network theorems

3. To recognize various electrical equipment such as transformers, dc machines and ac

machines.

Course Outcomes

CO1. Understand the objective of the experiment and experimental set-up/procedure of AC

& DC circuits and Electrical machines

CO2. Compute the results of the experiments based on different fundamental theorems/laws.

CO3. Analyze and interpret the data obtained during experiments of Electrical circuits and

electrical machine fundamentals.

Catalog Description

This course aims to familiarize the students with basics of electrical components and the working

of various electrical equipment such as transformers, dc machines and ac machines. The lab

sessions are distributed for the entire semester in which the students perform various objectives

of the experiments. Students are evaluated continuously in all the lab session based on their

performance while doing the experiment. Additionally, students are encouraged to utilize the lab

tools to perform their choice of experimentation for better understanding.

List of Experiments

Experiment

Description Of Experiment

Experiment – 1 To study Resistor Color Code, measuring the values using multimeter and

ammeter voltmeter connection in simple electrical circuit.

Experiment – 2 To verify Thevenin’s Theorem on Network Theorem kit.

Experiment – 3 To verify Superposition Theorem on Network Theorem kit.

Experiment – 4 To verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem on Network Theorem kit.

Experiment – 5 Study the phenomenon of resonance in LCR series circuit.

Page 41: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Experiment – 6 Study the phenomenon of resonance in LCR parallel circuit.

Experiment-7 To perform load test and calculate efficiency of single phase transformer.

Experiment – 8 To study DC Machine working cut set model.

Experiment – 9 Speed control of DC Motor using armature and field control methods.

Experiment – 10 To study connection of MCB in electrical circuit and perform tripping action.

Text Books / Reference Books

Text Book

Theory and Problems of Basic Electrical Engineering by D. P. Kothari and I. J.

Nagrath

Reference Book

Basic Electrical Engineering by C. L. Wadhwa

Basic Electrical Engineering by Ashfaq Husain and Haroon Ashfaq

Modes of Evaluation: Continuous Evaluation

Examination Scheme:

Components IA MID SEM End Sem Total

Weightage (%) 100

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

P

O

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO8 PO

9

PO

10

P

O

1

1

PO

12

PSO

1

PS

O2

CO1 1 1 2 - 1 - - - - - - -

CO2 2 1 - - 1 - - - - 1 - -

CO3 1 2 1 3 3 1 - 1 - 2 - 1

Avg. 1.3

3

1.3

3

1 1 1.3

3

0.3

3

- 0.33 - 1 - 0.3

3

- -

Page 42: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Page 43: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MATH 1027 Mathematics II L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure Mathematics up to B.Tech. Semester I

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

5. To help the students master the techniques to solve ordinary differential equation.

6. To help the students understand the basic theory of function of a complex variable.

7. To make the students apply the theory of contour integration using residue calculus.

8. To enable the students solve specific classes of partial differential equations.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course the students will be able to

CO5. Apply techniques to solve linear ordinary differential equations.

CO6. Explain the concept of analyticity and integration of a complex function.

CO7. Find the series representation of a complex function and to evaluate special integrals

using calculus of residues.

CO8. Solve homogeneous partial differential equations with constant coefficients and its

applications in one-dimensional heat and wave equations.

Catalog Description

This course covers the ordinary differential equations, partial differential equations and complex

analysis. In differential equations student equips with the fundamental tools to solve ordinary

differential equations, glimpse of nonlinear ordinary differential equations of special forms and

partial differential equations. Lagrange’s method ensures the solution of first order nonlinear

partial differential equations and separation of variables method useful to solve the one

dimensional wave and heat equations. In addition, this course introduces the calculus of complex

functions of a complex variable. It turns out that complex differentiability is a very strong

condition and differentiable functions behave very well. Integration is along paths in the complex

Page 44: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

plane. The central result of this spectacularly beautiful part of mathematics is Cauchy's Theorem

guaranteeing that certain integrals along closed paths are zero. This striking result leads to useful

techniques for evaluating real integrals based on the 'calculus of residues'.

Course Content

Unit I: Ordinary Differential Equations 9 lecture hours

Exact differential equation and equations reducible to exact, Linear Differential Equations with

Constant Coefficients, Cauchy-Euler Differential Equations, Solution of Second Order

Differential Equations (when a part of complementary function is known, by reduction to

Normal Form, by changing the Independent Variable and by Variation of Parameters).

Unit II: Complex Variables-I 9 lecture hours

Functions of a complex variable, Notion of limit, continuity and differentiability, Analytic

function, Necessary & sufficient conditions for analyticity (Cauchy-Riemann equations),

Harmonic function, harmonic conjugate and orthogonal families, construction of an analytic

function, Milne Thomson method, Line integral and independence of path, Cauchy’s theorem,

Cauchy-Goursat theorem for simply and multiply connected domain, Cauchy’s integral formula

and its applications.

Unit III: Complex Variables-II 9 lecture hours

Power series, Taylor’s and Laurent’s series, Zeros and singularities of a function, residues,

Cauchy Residue Theorem, Evaluation of definite integral

2

0

(cos ,sin )F d

, Evaluation of

improper integrals ( )

( )

p xdx

q x

and ( )

( )

iaxp xdx

q xe

; evaluation of( )

( )

p xdx

q x

and ( )

( )

iaxp xdx

q xe

with poles on real axis (semicircular contour), Conformal mapping, Linear mapping, inversion,

Bilinear transformation.

Page 45: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Unit IV: Partial Differential Equations 9 lecture hours

Formation of partial differential equation (PDE) and classification of PDEs, Lagrange’s Method,

Solution of homogeneous linear PDE with constant coefficients, method of separation of

variables, solution of one dimensional heat and wave equation.

Text Books

1. R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Narosa Publications,

ISBN: 9788184873221.

2. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley Publications, ISBN:

9780470458365.

3. M. D. Raisinghania, Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations, S. Chand Publications.

ISBN: 9789385676161.

4. M. D. Raisinghania, Advanced Differential Equations, S. Chand Publications.

ISBN: 9788121908931

Reference Books

1. D. G. Zill, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jones and Bartlett Learning, ISBN:

9789384323271.

2. S. L. Ross, Differential Equations, Wiley Publications. ISBN: 9788126515370

3. D. G. Zill and P. D. Shanahan, A first course in Complex Analysis with Applications, Jones

&

Bartlett Learning, ISBN: 9789380108193.\

4. I. N. Sneddon, Elements of Partial Differential Equations, McGraw-Hill Book Company.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components IA MID SEM End Sem Total

Page 46: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Weightage (%) 30 20 50 100

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

P

O

11

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

PSO

3

CO1 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -

CO2 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -

CO3 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -

CO4 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -

Avera

ge 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - -

-

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

Page 47: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

PHYS- 1020 Physics-I L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure 12th Level Physics

Co-requisites 12th Level Mathematics

Course Objectives

1. Explore Fiber optics and Lasers’ fundamentals and their applications to modern

communication systems.

2. Comprehend the effect of electric and magnetic field in materials and apply Maxwell’s

equations to understand EM wave propagation

3. Familiarize with the basics of solar photovoltaics and their applications in solar

industries.

4. Construct a quantum mechanical model to explain the behavior of a system at the

microscopic level.

5. Understand the fundamentals of crystal structure and X-rays diffraction.

Course Outcomes

CO1. Learn the principles of physical optics, lasers and fiber optics and their applications in

various devices

CO2. Comprehend the properties of dielectric and magnetic materials under the influence of

electric and magnetic fields.

CO3. Employ photovoltaics fundamentals in understanding the functioning of various devices

used in electronics and solar photovoltaics industries.

CO4. Understand the behavior of microscopic objects using fundamentals of Quantum

Mechanics.

Page 48: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

CO5. Explore different types of crystals structures and use X-ray diffraction technique to

understand their details.

Catalog Description

Almost all disciplines of engineering and technology have origins in the basic principles

of Physics. In this course, we will systematically build the foundation of the students by

teaching them introductory quantum mechanics, solid-state physics, electromagnetics,

and optics. These topics will help the students in understanding their respective

engineering content better. The theoretical development of wave mechanics, its

limitations and contributions in revolutionizing the modern world will be covered in the

first unit. In the second unit, the focus will be on different types of crystal structures and

how X-ray diffraction may be utilized in understanding various attributes of a crystal

structure. The third unit deals with very important class of engineering materials namely

di-electric and magnetic materials along with their wide range of applications;

understanding EM waves propagation with the help of Maxwell’s equations will also be

covered in this unit. In the remaining units, the students will be apprised of physical

optics and its applications in various optical devices and measurements; lasers and optical

fibres will be introduced thereafter with an objective to teach sufficient details to the

students so that they should be able to understand modern day communications systems.

A short unit on solar photovoltaics at the end has been provided to provide enough details

so that the students could make themselves familiar with the PV technology applied

nowadays for clean energy generation.

Course Content

Unit I: 9 lecture hours

Introduction to interference and examples; concept of diffraction, Fraunhoffer and Fresnel

diffraction, diffraction grating and its characteristics.

Polarization: Introduction, polarization by reflection, polarization by double refraction, circular

and elliptical polarization, optical activity.

Page 49: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Fibre Optics: Introduction, total internal reflection, numerical aperture and various optical fibre

parameters, step and graded index fibres, applications of optical fibres.

Lasers: Introduction to interaction of radiation with matter, principles and working of laser:

population inversion, pumping; types and applications of lasers, He-Ne laser.

Unit II: 8 lecture hours

Overview of Electrostatics and Magnetostatics, electric current and the continuity equation, laws

of magnetism. Ampere’s & Faraday’s laws. Maxwell’s equations, Electromagnetic waves and

Poynting Vector in free space.

Electric Polarization, permeability and dielectric constant, internal fields, Clausius-Mossotti

equation, applications of dielectrics.

Magnetization, permeability and susceptibility, classification of magnetic materials,

ferromagnetism, magnetic domains and hysteresis, applications.

Unit III: 3 lecture hours

Photovoltaic effect, irradiance, solar radiation and spectrum of sun, solar cells, basic structure

and characteristics, solar cell arrays, PV modules.

Unit IV: 9 lecture hours

Introduction to Quantum Mechanics, photoelectric effect, Compton Effect, Pair production &

Annihilation, De-Broglie waves, Waves of probability, phase and group velocities, Uncertainty

principle and its applications, Wave function and its interpretation, Normalization, Schrodinger

time independent & dependent wave equations, Linearity and superposition, expectation values,

operators, Eigen values & Eigen functions, Particle in a 1-D box

Unit V: 7 lecture hours

Introduction to Solid State Physics, single crystals and polycrystalline forms, Lattice, Basis and

crystal structure, Translational symmetry and basis Vectors, Unit Cell (primitive and non-

primitive), Bravais lattices, Miller indices, sc, bcc, and sodium chloride structures, closed packed

structures(fcc and hcp), Reciprocal lattice, X-ray diffraction, Bragg's law.

Text Books

Page 50: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

1. Malik H.K, Singh A.K. (2011) Engineering Physics, TMH, New Delhi. ISBN:

9780070671539

2. Beiser A. (2002) Concepts of Modern Physics, McGraw Hill Education. ISBN:

9780070495531

3. Sadiku M.N.O. (2007) Elements of Electromagnetics, Oxford University Press. ISBN:

0195300483

4. Pillai S.O. (2015) Solid State Physics, New Age International Pvt Ltd. ISBN: 978-

8122436976

Reference Books

1. Griffith D.J. (2012) Introduction to Electromagnetics, PHI Learning, 4th edition, ISBN:

9780138053260.

2. Kittel C. (2012) Introduction to Solid State Physics, Willey. ISBN: 978-8126535187.

Modes of Evaluation: Class tests/Assignment/Tutorial Assessment/Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components IA MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

PO/CO P

O1

P

O2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5 PO6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PSO

3

CO1 3 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 - - -

CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1 - - -

CO3 3 3 - - - - - - - - - 1 - - -

CO4 3 3 - - - - - - - - - 1 - - -

CO5 3 - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - -

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

Page 51: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

HUMN1006 English L T P C

Version 1.0 2 0 0 2

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of English Language

Co-requisites Knowledge of Word processing using MS Word, basic IT

skills

Course Objectives

The Objectives of this course are:

1. To develop a holistic view of communicating in English Language both written and verbal.

2. To help the second language learners develop the ability to analyse & apply nuances of

reading and written language through online activities.

3. To enable students to communicate with clarity and precision through proper understanding

of academic writing techniques.

4. To study and understand applicative grammar and its various structures for correct usage of

English Language.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CO1: Identify the process, principles, barriers and types of Communication.

CO2: Analyze and develop grammatically correct and situationally appropriate language for

communicating effectively.

CO3: Classify and apply the principles/techniques of mind mapping, precis writing and

paragraph development.

CO4: Apply formal writing techniques to draft letters and emails for various organizational

situations.

CO5: Professionally organize the content & deliver the presentation.

Catalog Description

The blended course on English focuses on the development of students’ language &

communication skills. The course will make the students appreciate, learn and apply the nuances

of Communication skills & the concepts. This course will also focus on the use of Applicative

Page 52: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

English Grammar for improved Writing Skills with precision and clarity and shall also help the

students learn to design & deliver presentations.

Course Content

Unit 1: Introduction to Communication 3(F2f) + 2(Online)

Definition, Process, Principles and Model , Barriers, Noise, Types and Forms, Grapevine

Unit 2: Identifying common errors 2(F2f) + 2(Online)

Common errors, learning through examples, Identifying common errors, Contemporary usage.

Unit 3: Nature & Style of Sensible Writing 3(F2f) + 2(Online)

Mind Map, Paragraph writing, (Principles, Methods of paragraph development,

Precise Writing

Unit 4: Letter Writing 4(F2f) + 2(Online)

Letter writing (Format and content of complaint, request, application),Email (good news, bad

news, netiquettes)

Unit 5: Formal Presentations 3(F2f) + 1(Online)

Nuances of Delivery, Group Presentations

Text Books

5. Mishra. B, Sharma. S (2011) Communication Skills for Engineers and Scientists. PHI

Learning Pvt. Ltd. ISBN: 8120337190.

6. Flatley, M.E. (2004). Basic Business Communication, Skills for empowering the Internet

Generation.Tata McGraw Hills: New Delhi. ISBN: 9780070486942.

7. Wren & Martin, M.E. (2006). High School English Grammar & Composition. Tata S. Chand

& Company LTD: New Delhi. ISBN: 9788121924894.

Reference Books

Page 53: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

1. Pal, Rajendra and Korlahalli, J.S. (2011) Essentials of Business Communication. Sultan

Chand & Sons. ISBN: 9788180547294.

2. Kaul, Asha. (2014) Effective Business Communication.PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. ISBN:

9788120338487.

3. Murphy, R. (2007) Essential English Grammar, CUP. ISBN: 8175960299.

4. C. Muralikrishna and S. Mishra (2011) Communication Skills for Engineers, Pearson

education. ISBN: 9788131733844.

5. Essential English Grammar by Raymond Murphy, CUP, 2011

6. Intermediate English Grammar by Raymond Murphy, CUP, 2011

7. Practical English Usage by Michael Swan, OUP, 2013

8. Jones, D. (1909) “The Dictionary of English Phonetics” Cambridge: CUP (2002).

9. Taylor, Ken, Telephoning and Teleconferencing Skills. Orient Black Swan, 2008.

10. Dignen, Bob. Presentation Skills in English. Orient Black Swan, 2007.

Modes of Evaluation: Online Discussion/Quiz/Assignment/Listening, Speaking, Reading,

Writing examination.

Examination Scheme:

Components Mid-term

Unit 1 & 2

IA

Unit 5

End-Term

Unit 3 & 4

Weightage (%) 20 30 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

CO/P

O

P

O1

P

O2

P

O3

P

O4

P

O5

P

O6

P

O7

P

O8

P

O9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO2 - - - - - - - - - 3 - 2 - - -

Page 54: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

CO3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO4 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO5 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - - - - -

CO6 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Aver

age 2

3 2 -

1. Weak Mapped 2. Moderate Mapped 3. Strong Mapped

Page 55: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MEPD 1002 Workshop Practices L T P C

Version 1.0 1 0 4 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure

Co-requisites

Course objectives:

1. To impart knowledge and skill components in the field of basic workshop practices.

2. To deal with different hand and machine tools required for manufacturing simple

components.

3. To impart the knowledge regarding the various basic manufacturing processes required in

day to day life.

4. To familiarize the students with the properties and selection of different engineering

material.

Course outcomes:

CO1 Remember and identify basic tools and equipment used in engineering workshop.

CO2 Understand the basic concepts of various manufacturing processes

CO3 Apply and relate the knowledge of manufacturing processes in fabrication of

Engineering

products.

Laboratory Outcomes:

CO1 Upon completion of this laboratory course, students will be able to fabricate

components with their own hands.

CO2 They will also get practical knowledge of the dimensional accuracies and dimensional

tolerances possible with different manufacturing processes.

CO3 By assembling different components, they will be able to produce small devices of

their interest.

Course description:

Workshop technology is the backbone of the real industrial environment which helps to develop

and enhance relevant technical hand skills required by the engineers working in the various

engineering industries and workshops. This course intends to impart basic know-how many of

various hand tools and their use in different sections of manufacturing. Irrespective of branch,

the use of workshop practices in day to day industrial as well domestic life helps to solve the

problems. The workshop experiences would help to build the understanding of the complexity of

the industrial job, along with time and skills requirements of the job. The students are advised to

Page 56: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

undergo each skill experience with remembrance, understanding and application with special

emphasis on attitude of enquiry to know why and how for the various instructions and practices

imparted to them in each shop.

Course content:

1. Manufacturing Methods- casting, forming, machining, joining, advanced manufacturing

methods (3 lectures)

2. CNC machining, Additive manufacturing (1 lecture)

3. Fitting operations & power tools (1 lecture)

4. Electrical &Electronics (1 lecture)

5. Carpentry (1 lecture)

6. Plastic Molding, glass cutting (1 lecture)

7. Metal casting (1 lecture)

8. Welding (arc welding & gas welding), brazing (1 lecture)

1. Machine shop (10 hours)

2. Fitting shop (8 hours)

3. Carpentry (6 hours)

4. Electrical & Electronics (8 hours)

5. Welding shop (8 hours (Arc welding 4 hrs + gas welding 4 hrs)

6. Casting (8 hours)

7. Smithy (6 hours)

8. Plastic Molding & Glass Cutting (6 hours)

Examinations could involve the actual fabrication of simple components, utilizing one or

more of the techniques covered above.

Suggested Text/Reference Books:

1. Hajra Choudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A.K. and Nirjhar Roy S.K, “Elements of

Workshop Technology”, Vol. I 2008 and Vol. II 2010, Media promoters and

publishers private limited, Mumbai.

2. Kalpakjian S. And Steven S. Schmid, “Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”,

4th edition, Pearson Education India Edition, 2002.

3. Gowri P. Hariharan and A. Suresh Babu,” Manufacturing Technology – I” Pearson

Education, 2008.

4. Roy A. Lindberg, “Processes and Materials of Manufacture”, 4 th edition, Prentice Hall

Workshop/Manufacturing Practices Theory L:1 P:0 T:0 C:1

Workshop Practices Lab L:0 P:4 T:0 C:2

Page 57: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

India, 1998.

5. Rao P.N., “Manufacturing Technology”, Vol. I and Vol. II, Tata McGraw-Hill House,

2017.

Page 58: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

ECEG 1002 Basic Electronics Engineering L T P C

Version 1.0 2 0 0 2

Pre-requisites/Exposure

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

9. Visualize the V-I characteristics of the basic electronic components like diode and transistor

10. Develop the application based circuits like switch, Rectifier by using Diode and transistor

and also by logic gates.

11. Design DC-Power supply by using Rectifiers and Adders& Subtractors by using Logic

Gates.

Course Outcomes

CO9. Employ electronic components and devices to solve the Engineering problems.

CO10. Analyse and make simple Circuits and Systems of Electronics Engineering,

Interpret the logics used in the Digital Circuits and Systems.

CO11. Design the electronics system with discrete component, and understand the

specifications of industrial equipment.

Catalog Description

Electronics is the integral part of life. The basic circuits used in day to day life are studied in this

course. In this course, the main focus will be on the designing of basic electronics circuits like

AC to DC converter by using diode, half adder, full adder etc. Students will learn how to use

diode, transistor, Integrated circuit, in real time and develop circuits by using them.

Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the

construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will

combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as practical sessions,

group discussions, and cooperative group solving problems. Class participation is a fundamental

aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all practical sessions to

apply the devices and design the basic circuits.

Course Content

Unit I: 8 lecture hours

Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductors; Formation and Fundamental Characteristics of diode:

Formation of P-N junction, I-V characteristics, Zener and Avalanche breakdown, half-wave and

full-wave rectifier circuits; dc-power supply design and diode applications.

Unit II: 8 lecture hours

Transistor construction and operation, Common-Base (CB) configuration, Transistor amplifying

action, Common Emitter (CE) configuration, Amplification factors for CB and CE

Page 59: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

configurations, Common Collector configuration, Limits of operation, DC-Biasing: Fixed bias,

Emitter bias, Voltage divider bias, Applications:

Unit III: 8 lecture hours

Number system and codes, Boolean algebra and minimization techniques: Boolean logic

operations, Basic laws of Boolean algebra, De Morgan’s Theorems; Logic gates: AND, OR,

NAND, NOR. Adder and subtractor. K map.

Text Books

1. Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering, by J B Gupta S K Kataria and Sons.3rd Ed.

2. Electronics Devices and Circuits By Boylestad & Nashelsky 10th ED : PEARSON: ISBN

978-8131727003

Reference Books

1. Basic Electronics By Santiram Kal,( 2013): PHI

2. Digital Circuits & Logic Design By Salivahanan: Vikas Publishing House. ISBN 978-

9325960411

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components IA MID SEM End Sem Total

Weightage (%) 30 20 50 100

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/CO PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

P

O

11

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 3 3 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 3

CO2 3 3 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 3

CO3 3 3 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 3

Averag

e 3 3 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 3

Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Page 60: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

CSEG 1003 Programming for problem solving L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Fundamentals of Computer

Co-requisites Mathematics

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To help the students to understand and identify the functional units of a Computer

System.

2. To enable students to understand the concepts of procedure oriented programming

using C Language.

3. To empower students with the expertise of experimentation using C programming

skills.

4. To expose students with the ability to design programs involving decision structure,

loops and functions.

5. To equip students with necessary engineering skills such as solving engineering

problems through implementing concepts of arrays, pointers, structures and union in

C programming language.

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1: Comprehend the fundamentals of Computers with concepts of algorithm, flowcharts

and develop efficient algorithms for solving a problem.

CO2: Interpret the Control of flow statements and decision constructs with C

programming techniques.

CO3: Identify the various concepts of Programming like Arrays, Structures and Unions

and Strings.

CO4: Apply concepts of functions and pointers to resolve mathematical problems.

CO5: Analyze the real life problem and write a program in ‘C’ language to solve the

problem.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Computer Programming is rapidly gaining the importance in the field of education and

engineering. The course will introduce to the students about computer programming

Page 61: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

language and the fundamentals of computer programming. This subject is designed

specifically for students with no prior programming experience and taking this course does

not require a background in CS. This course will touch upon a variety of fundamental topics

within the field of Computer Science and will use ‘C’ programming language to demonstrate

varied principles. We will begin with an overview of the course topics as well as brief history

of computers. We will cover basic programming terminology and concepts related to C

language. By the end of the course, students should have a strong understanding of the

fundamentals of C programming language. This course will help the students to build up a

strong background in programming skills and a successful career devoted to implementing

the principles they will learn. Students will learn effectively through prescribed syllabus as

well as through blackboard and discussions. Classroom activities designed to encourage

students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge. The students will

be able to design their own learning strategies through online learning management system –

Blackboard. We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies,

such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems, etc. Class participation is a

fundamental aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to take part in all group

activities to meet the course outcome. Students are expected to interact with media resources,

such as, web sites, videos, DVDs, and newspapers, etc.

Course Content

UNIT I: 7 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction – Generation and classification of computers, Basic computer organization,

Number system (Binary, Octal, Decimal, Hexadecimal conversion problems), Need for

logical analysis and thinking, Algorithm, pseudocode, flowchart.

UNIT II: 8 LECTURE HOURS

C Programming Basics – Problem formulation, Problem Solving, Introduction to C

Programming fundamentals, Structure of a C Program, Compilation and Linking processes,

Constants, Variables, Data types – Expressions using operators in ‘C’, Managing input and

output operations, Decision making and branching, Looping statements, solving simple

scientific and statistical problems.

Page 62: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

UNIT III: 7 LECTURE HOURS

Arrays and Strings: Arrays – initialization, Declaration one dimension and two dimensional

arrays. String and string operations, string arrays, simple programs – sorting, searching,

matrix operations.

UNIT IV: 6 LECTURE HOURS

Functions and Pointers – Functions – definition of function, Declaration of function, Pass by

value, Pass by reference, Recursion. Pointers – Definition, Initialization, Pointers arithmetic,

Pointers and arrays.

UNIT V: 8 LECTURE HOURS

Structure and Union – Introduction - need for structure data type, Structure definition,

Structure declaration, Structure within a structure, Array of Structures, Self-referential

structure, notion of Linked List. Union, Storage class Specifiers, Preprocessor Directives,

File Handling.

Text Books

1. Thareja Reema, “Computer Fundamentals & Programming in C”, Oxford Press.

2. Kanetkar Yashwant, “Let Us C”, BPB Publications.

References

1. Schildt Herbert, “The Complete reference C”.

2. Gottfried Byron, “Programming with C”, Schaum’s Series.

3. Venugopal K.R. and Prasad S. R., “Mastering ‘C’”

4. http://learn.upes.ac.in Blackboard – LMS

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/Discussion/ Online Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components MSE Quiz/Assignment/Discussion ESE

Weightage (%) 20 30 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 3 2 2 1 1

Page 63: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

CO2 3 2 2 1 1

CO3 3 2 2 1 1

CO4 3 2 2 1 1

CO5 3 2 2 1 1

Page 64: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

PHYS-1120 PHYSICS LAB I L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 3 1.5

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge on practical Physics (12th level) for

understanding and performing experiments.

Co-requisites Data interpretation and basic knowledge on graphical

analysis.

Course Objectives

1. To impart hand-on skills in performing experiments, data acquisition and interpretation of the

data.

2. To design the circuits and study about various experimental procedures involved.

3. Significance of the experimental results to understand and verify theoretical formulation and

prediction.

4. To develop curiosity and creative ability through experimentation and investigation based on

the virtual experiments.

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course student should be able to

CO1: Demonstrate the dual nature of light by verifying the various phenomena associated with

it

CO2: Apply the concepts of electromagnetics to study the various electrical and magnetic

properties of Materials.

CO3: Evaluate and compare the universal constants by using the principle of modern physics.

CO4: Design virtual Physics based experiments to illustrate the Photoelectric Effect.

CO5: The students will be able to develop good presentation skills.

Page 65: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Catalog Description

The laboratory practice has been an important part of professional and engineering

undergraduate education, an ideal platform for active learning. The purpose of the Physics

practical sessions are to give students hands-on experience with the experimental basis of

engineering physics and, in the process, to deepen their understanding of the relations between

experiment and theory. The focus of this course is to improve the skills of the students in

collecting, analyzing, interpreting and presenting findings and data.

Sonometer is a useful apparatus for investigating the vibration of a string or wire under tension.

The student will able to measure the AC mains frequency using sonometer and electromagnet in

the lab. The experiment allows the change in length of the string in accordance with the

variation in the tension. The student will demonstrate the Hall’s effect in the laboratory, finds

Hall’s coefficient and apply this to calculate carrier density in the given semiconductor material.

Hall Effect experiment is extremely useful in determining the carrier density, mobility of

carriers in the semiconductor, which is a precursor of semiconductor electronic devices. There

are numerous industrial applications of Hall’s effect in IC switches, ignition sensors, automotive

industry for level/tilt measurement sensor, aerospace industry in temperature and pressure

sensor, magnetic card reader, and semiconductor industry so on. Experiments based on

electromagnetic theory focusses on the applications of the well-defined laws e.g. Faraday’s Law,

in studying the induced emf produced due to change in the velocity of the magnet. In Stewart-

Gee coil experiment, the variation of magnetic field along the axis of a circular coil is

demonstrated. The virtual labs develop a curiosity and creative ability through experimentation

and investigation on the photoelectric effect experiment. Additionally, the virtual lab experiment

provides an insight to use the simulator to understand the photoelectric effect. The virtual

experiment on photoelectric effect explains the basic interaction of light and matter. The

Newton’s Rings experiment determines the wavelength of the given light source by utilizing the

phenomenon of interference. The diffraction grating experiment composed of a spectrometer,

diffraction grating and mercury vapor lamp explores the wavelengths of spectra lines of

different orders by arranging the spectrometer in the normal incidence position. The solar cell

trainer is a typical setup, which converts light energy to electrical power. A solar cell or

Page 66: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

photovoltaic cell is used to converts light energy into electrical energy, basing on the principle

of the photovoltaic effect. The student will analyze the characteristics of solar cell and its

efficiency in the laboratory. The device has wide application in sensor applications. Solar cells

diverged from the silicon technology is used for terrestrial panels, the spacecraft application and

a power source. The experiment on Planck’s constant using LEDs determines the Planck’s

constant, which is very useful in explaining about the radiation and correlates the photon energy

with wavelength. The particle nature of light will be demonstrated using light emitting diodes

(LEDs) by observing the reverse photoelectric effect and find the value of Planck’s constant.

Course Content

Experiment No: 01 Sonometer

Aim: To determine the frequency of AC mains by using a sonometer.

Experiment No: 02 Hall Effect

Aim: To study the Hall effect and hence determine the Hall coefficient (Rh) and carrier density

(n) of a given semiconductor material.

Experiment No: 03 Faraday’s Laws

Aim: (a) To study the induced emf as a function of velocity of the magnet passing through the

coil (Faraday’s Law).

(b) To study the charge delivered due to electromagnetic induction.

Experiment No: 04 Circular Coil

Aim: To study the variation of magnetic field with distance along the axis of a current carrying

circular coil and hence estimate the radius of the coil.

Page 67: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Experiment No: 05 Photoelectric Effect (Virtual lab)

Aim: To study the variation of magnetic field with distance along the axis of a current carrying

circular coil and hence estimate the radius of the coil.

Experiment No: 06 Newton’s Rings

Aim: To determine the wavelength of a given light by forming Newton’s Rings.

Experiment No: 07 Diffraction Grating

Aim: To determine the wavelength of a given light by using a Diffraction grating in its normal

incidence position.

Experiment No: 08 Solar Cell

Aim: Study of both the current - voltage characteristic and the power curve to find the maximum

power point (MPP) and efficiency of a solar cell.

Experiment No: 09 Planck’s Constant

Aim: To find the Planck’s constant by using LEDs.

Experiment No: 10 Presentation

Aim: Presentation related to any science concept.

Text Books

1. H. Singh, Practical Physics, S. Chand & Company LTD., ISBN: 8121904692.

2. S. L. Kakani, S. Kakani, Applied Physics-Theory & Practicals, Viva Books, ISBN:

9788130924892.

3. C. L. Arora, Practical Physics, S. Chand & Company LTD., ISBN: 9788121909099,

8121909090.

Reference Books

1. Gupta, Kumar, Practical Physics, Pragati Prakashan, ISBN: 9789386633569.

Page 68: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

2. I. Prakash, R. Krishna, A. K. Jha, Practical Physics, Kitab Mahal, ISBN: 8122504167,

9788122504163

3. P. R. Sasi Kumar, Practical Physics, Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd, ISBN: 9788920344341

Modes of Evaluation: File /Viva-voce/ presentation/ Comprehensive viva-voce

Examination Scheme: Continuous Evaluation

Components Continuous Evaluation

Weightage (%) 100

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

CO/P

O

P

O1

P

O2

P

O3

P

O4

P

O5

P

O6

P

O7

P

O8

P

O9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 - 3 - - - - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 - 3 - - - - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 - - - 3 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 - - 3 - 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO5 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -

Aver

age

-

3 3 3 2 0 0 0 0 3 0 1 0 0 0

1. Weak Mapped 2. Moderate Mapped 3. Strong Mapped

Page 69: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Course Code: HUMN 1106 English Lab L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 2 1

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of English Language

Co-requisites Knowledge of Word processing using MS Word

Basic I.T Skills

Course Objectives:

The Objectives of this course are:

1. To help second language learners develop the ability to understand spoken language through

computer aided Language learning.

2. To enable students to communicate with clarity and precision in diverse communication

scenarios.

3. To help students in sifting through a variety of texts to filter and synthesize important

information.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CO1: Recognize & demonstrate the articulatory skills needed to participate in an oral

presentation.

CO2: Interpret & apply phonemic transcriptions based on the International Phonetic Alphabet

(IPA) for accurate pronunciation.

CO3: Analyze & apply the skills & approaches of a successful listener by taking notes for

comprehension and filtering important information to make inferences and predictions.

CO4: Design & exhibit technical poster.

Catalog Description

This course focuses on the development of students’ language & articulatory skills, critical

thinking, and problem solving skills through the understanding of four pillars of English

Page 70: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Language viz. Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing. Students will also be assessed on their

presentation skills, using various technological tools, ability to work in a team and present their

work with conviction.

Course Content:

This focusses on the four pillars of English Language viz. Listening, Speaking, Reading and

Writing.

Unit 1: Intro - Lab & Seating Plan/Ice-breaking 1L (f2f)

Course plan is discussed with the students, along with seat allotment in the respective Labs.

Unit 2: Self-introduction 1L (f2f)

Oral Presentation; Graded exercise

Unit 3: International Phonetic Alphabet- 1 1L (f2f)

Introduction to Phonetics: Sounds in English; IPA Transcription

Unit 4: International Phonetic Alphabet - 2 1L (f2f)

Phonemes, Allophones, Mispronounced words quiz; Graded exercise

Unit 5: International Phonetic Alphabet – 3 1L (f2f)

Stress and Intonation

Unit 6: Basic Ear training 1L (f2f)

Briefing on Listening Skills, Types of Listening and types of Listeners – Sample Listening

exercise based on Announcements (Railway, Airport, Telephonic Conversations, Meetings)

Unit 7: Note-taking/making based on Audio visuals 1L (f2f)

Graded Exercise- Note taking and comprehension based on Audio Visual Clips.

Unit 8: Group discussion 1L (f2f)

Page 71: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Briefing on the nuances of Group Discussion; Practice Exercise

Unit 9: Extempore 1L (f2f)

Graded Exercise; Impromptu speaking based on a given topic or theme.

Unit 10: Ideation/Infographic & Posters 1L (f2f)

Process of expanding on a theme or a topic both creatively; infer from an infographic and make

predictions.

Unit 11: Reflections 1L (f2f)

Speak & Record; Graded Activity

Unit 12: Technical Poster 1L (f2f)

Presentation of Technical Poster; Graded Activity

Text Books

1. Jones, D. (1909), "The Pronunciation of English", Cambridge: CUP; rpt in facsimile in Jones

(2002). ISBN 9781298512949

2. Jones, D.(1918), "An Outline of English Phonetics", Leipzig: Teubner; rpt in Jones (2002).

ISBN:978-0521290414

3. Jones, D. (1909) “The Dictionary of English Phonetics” Cambridge: CUP (2002).

4. Bansal, R.K. The Intelligibility of Indian English, Monograph, 4 CIEFL, Hyderabad, Second

abridged edition, 1976.

Reference Books

1. Jones, Daniel, English Pronouncing Dictionary, revised by A.C. Gimson, 14th Edition, The

English Language Book Society and JM Dent Sons Ltd. London 1977.

2. Senthi. J and P.V. Dhamija, A Course in Phonetics and Spoken English Prentice hall of India

Private. 5 Ltd. New Delhi, 1989. ISBN: 978-81-203-1495

Page 72: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

3. Taylor, Ken, Telephoning and Teleconferencing Skills. Orient Black Swan, 2008. ISBN:

9781905992065, 9781905992065

4. Dignen, Bob. Presentation Skills in English. Orient Black Swan, 2007.

ISBN 10: 8125041621 ISBN 13: 9788125041627.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme: Continuous Evaluation

Components Oral Presentation Content Creation

Weightage (%) 50

(3 Speaking activities)

50

(1 Quiz, 1 Poster making)

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

P

O

11

PO1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 - - - - - - - - 1 3 - 2 - - -

CO2 - - - - - - - - - 3 - 2 - - -

CO3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - 3 - - -

CO4 - - - - - - - - 3 3 - 3 - - -

Aver

age

- - - - - - - - 2 3 - 2.5 - - -

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

Page 73: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Course Code: MEPD 1002 Workshop Practices

L T P C

Version 1.0 2 0 1 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Workshop practice theory course

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To impart knowledge and skill of components in the field of basic workshop practices.

2. To deal with different hand and machine tools required for manufacturing simple

components.

3. To impart the knowledge regarding the various basic manufacturing processes required in

day-to-day life.

4. To familiarize the students with the properties and selection of different engineering

material.

5. To impart knowledge of dimensional tolerances with different manufacturing processes.

Course Outcomes

CO1 Remember and identify basic tools and equipment used in engineering workshop.

CO2 Understand the basic principles of various manufacturing processes

CO3 Apply and relate the knowledge of manufacturing processes in fabrication of

Engineering products

Catalog Description

Workshop technology is the backbone of the real industrial environment that helps to develop

and enhance relevant technical hand skills required by the engineers working in the various

engineering industries and workshops. This course intends to impart basic knowledge of various

hand tools and their use in different sections of manufacturing. Irrespective of branch, the use of

workshop practices in day-to-day industrial as well domestic life helps to solve the problems.

The workshop experiences would help to build the understanding of the complexity of the

industrial job, along with time and skills requirements of the job. The students are advised to

undergo each skill experience with remembrance, understanding and application with special

emphasis on attitude of enquiry to know why and how for the various instructions and practices

imparted to them in each shop.

Page 74: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

List of Experiments

Sl No Name of the Experiment No of

sessions

CO addressed Viva

1 To fabricate a T-lap joint of given dimensions

using common carpentry tools.

1

CO1,CO2,CO3

3 vivas

to be

taken

2 To fabricate a cross lap joint of given dimensions

using common carpentry tools.

1

CO1,CO2,CO3

3 To fabricate a dove tail joint of given dimensions

using common carpentry tools.

1 CO1,CO2,CO3

4 To develop a fitting model of given dimensions

using common fitting tools. ( demonstration of

hacksaw cutting, filing , drilling, tools and

machines)

1 CO1,CO2,CO3

5 To develop a square filing model of dimensions

by using fitting tools.

1 CO1,CO2,CO3

6 To develop a stepped turning model of given

dimensions by using lathe machine.

1 CO1,CO2,CO3

7 To develop a model of given dimension by using

drilling, boring, threading, etc. process in lathe

machine.

1 CO1,CO2,CO3

8 To develop a T- joint and Lap joint of given

dimensions by using arc welding process.

1 CO1,CO2,CO3

9 To develop a butt joint of given dimensions by

using arc welding process.

1 CO1,CO2,CO3

10 To develop various sheet metal models like

funnel, tray, box, etc. using common sheet metal

hand tools

1 CO1,CO2,CO3

11

To develop chisel using common smithy hand

tools.

1 CO1,CO2,CO3

12 To preparation of sand mold using single piece

pattern

1 CO1,CO2,CO3

Text Books / Reference Books

1. Work shop Manual / P.Kannaiah/ K.L.Narayana/ SciTech Publishers.

2. Engineering Practices Lab Manual, Jeyapoovan, SaravanaPandian, Vikas publishers

3. Dictionary of Mechanical Engineering, GHF Nayler, Jaico Publishing House.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme: Continuous evaluation mode

Page 75: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

CSEG 1103 Programming for Problem Solving Lab L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 4 2

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Computer Science such as

fundamentals & logic for solving programs

Co-requisites Basic Knowledge of Mathematics.

Course Objectives

The objective of this course is: The overall objective of the modules is that the student should be

able to understand basic computer fundamentals and functional units of computers with basic

skills development in C Programming.

Course Outcomes

CO1. Identify the functional units of computer system.

CO2. Understand the concepts of procedure oriented programming using C.

CO3. Implement the basic concepts of C programming language.

CO4. Design programs involving decision structures, loops and functions.

CO5. Implement the concepts of arrays, pointers, structures in C programming language.

Catalog Description

Knowledge about the C programming knowledge is the building block of the students to build

their programming skills. And enable the students to enhance the programming skills of the

students and make them comfortable to adopt the new language for programming in future.

PO/

CO

PO

1

PO2 PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO

1

2 1 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 - 1

CO

2

2 1 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 - 1

CO

3

2 1 1 1 1 - - 2 2 1 1 - 1

Page 76: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

List of Experiments

Sl. No. Experiment Contents

1. Experiment-1 and 2 Basic understanding of Linux/Unix commands

2. Experiment-3 and 4 Basics of flow charts, Algorithms

3. Experiment -5 and 6 Understanding introduction to C programming

4. Experiment- 7 and 8 Control Statements using if.. if.. else, switch…

case

5. Experiment- 9 and 10 Looping using while,do..while and for

6. Experiment- 11 and 12 Array

7. Experiment- 13 and 14 Strings

8. Experiment- 15 and 16 Functions

9. Experiment- 17 and 18 Pointers

10. Experiment- 19 and 20 Structure and union

11. Experiment- 21 and 22 File handling

Text Books / Reference Books

Ref. 1. Balagurusamy, E (2007), ANSI C, New Delhi: TMH

Ref. 1. Introduction to Computers, Peter Norton, TMH, fifth Ed.

Ref. 2. Programming in ANSI C, E Balaguruswamy, TMH

Ref. 3. Let us C Yashavant Kanetkar, Ninth Ed. BPB

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Sl. No. Description % of Weightage out of 50%

1 Lab record & Continuous

Assessment

40

2 Viva-Voce/Quiz 50

3 General Discipline 10

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

PO/CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 1 1 - - - - - -

CO2 2 1 - - - - - -

Page 77: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

CO3 1 1 - - - - - -

CO4 1 1 - - - - - -

CO5 2 1 - - - - -

Average 1.5 1 1.5 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

Page 78: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

ECEG 1102 Basic Electronics Engineering Lab L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 2 1

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of Engineering Mathematics and Physics

Co-requisites -----

Course Objectives

1. Visualize the V-I characteristics of the basic electronic components like diode and

transistor.

2. Develop the application-based circuits like switch, rectifier by using diode and transistor.

3. Design DC-Power supply by using rectifiers and discrete electronics components.

4. Analyse and make simple Circuits and Systems of Electronics Engineering, Interpret the

logics used in the Digital Circuits and Systems

Course Outcomes (COs)

CO1. Understand the fundamentals of basic electronics equipment’s and electronic components.

CO2. Analyze the analog circuits based on diodes and bipolar junction transistors (BJTs) etc.

CO3. Implementation of digital combinational circuits by using basic logic gates.

S.NO. Name of Experiments COs

Experiment no. 1 To study the various electronics components (diode, resistor,

transistor, Capacitors, IC’s etc.) and measuring instruments

(Multimeter, CRO, DSO etc.)

CO1

Experiment no. 2 To study the PN junction diode characteristics under Forward &

Reverse bias conditions.

CO1,CO2

Experiment no. 3 To Study and set up a half wave and full wave rectifier circuit. And

to calculate its Form factor, Ripple factor and efficiency. CO1,CO2

Experiment no. 4 To Design constant DC power supply circuit using Voltage

regulator IC. CO1,CO2

Experiment no. 5 To Study the characteristics of NPN transistor in common emitter

configuration and to plot the input/output characteristics. CO1,CO2

Experiment no. 6 To Study the characteristics of NPN transistor in common base

configuration and to plot the input/output characteristics. CO1,CO2

Experiment no. 7 Study of logic gates and to verify the truth table. CO3.CO1

Experiment no. 8 Implementation of AND, OR, NOT Gate using NAND & NOR

(Universal gates) CO3.CO1

Page 79: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Text Books

1. Robert L. Boylestad, Louis Nashelsky (2009) Electronics Devices & Circuits, Pearson-

R.L Boylstad. ISBN: 978-8131727003

Reference Books

1. Paul R. Gray, Paul J. Hurst, Stephen H. Lewis, Robert G. Meyer (2017) Analysis and

Design of Analog Integrated Circuits, Wiley. ISBN:978-1118078891

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ Tests/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Modes of Evaluation: Class tests/Assignment/Tutorial Assessment/Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Sl. No. Description % of Weightage out of 50%

1 Lab record & Continuous

Assessment

40

2 Viva-Voce/Quiz 50

3 General Discipline 10

Experiment no. 9 Implementation of half and full adder digital circuits. CO3.CO1

Experiment no. 10 Implementation of half and full substractor digital circuits. CO3.CO1

Value Added Experiment

Experiment no. 11 To design amplifier with Common emitter NPN transistor and

compute the gain for various Emitter resistances.

CO2,CO1

Experiment no. 12 To design clipper and clamper circuits of various configuration. CO2,CO1

Page 80: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Table: Correlation of POs, PSOs v/s COs

Course

Code

and

Title

Course

Outco

mes

PO

1

P

O

2

PO

3 PO4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1 PSO2

ECEG

1102

CO1 3 1 2 1 2 1 1 2

CO2 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1

CO3 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2

1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

Page 81: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

HUMN 1007 Indian Constitution L T P C

Version 1.0 1Online) 0 0 0

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Social Sciences

Co-requisites Basic Knowledge of Computer

Course Objectives

The Objectives of this course are:

5. To understand the making of the Democratic Republic India as it stands today.

6. To help students in understanding the Basic structure of the Indian Constitution, the

principles it holds.

7. To appreciate and understand the law of the land and due process of law in India.

Course Outcomes

CO1: To create patriotic value in the youth.

CO2: To help students in understanding the functioning of the Indian Government, and division

of power between State & Centre.

CO3: To appreciate the fundamental rights and duties and the directive principle of state policy.

CO4: To appreciate the electoral system of India and its effect and outcomes.

Catalog Description

The Indian Constitution is the lengthiest documented constitution of the world. The

comprehensive document has 448 articles in 25 parts and 12 schedules. There are 101

amendments have been made in the Indian constitution. This subject shall focus on making the

students understand the principles laid by the Chief Rule book of India i.e. The Constitution -

starting with the history of the making of Indian Constitution and the Constituent Assembly. The

Preamble as the Preface and then each of the sub-principles of the Indian Constitution will be

dealt with including Fundamental Rights & Duties, Directive principles of state policy, the

Legislature, the Executive and the Judiciary will be discussed. Some important amendments,

Emergency Powers of the Indian Constitution will be discussed.

Page 82: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Course Content

Unit 1: Introduction to Indian Constitution 2 L (Online)

Constituent assembly and the framing of the Indian Constitution, adopting and

executing the supreme Law of the land

Unit 2: Citizenship 2 L (Online)

Laying the parameters for providing the citizenship of India after partition in 1947,

Provisions for citizens of India, single citizenship, acquiring and giving up citizenship.

Unit 3: Fundamental Rights & Duties 2 L (Online)

Basic rights and legal rights, duties of every Indian citizenship

Unit 4: Directive Principles 2 L (Online)

Principles or ideals on which the provisions of Constitution are based

Unit 5: The Union 1 L (Online)

Separation of power between Centre and State in India, subjects in Central list. Legislative,

executive and Judiciary.

Unit 6: The State 1 L (Online)

Subjects in the state list; Legislature, Executive and Judiciary.

Unit 7 : Emergency Provisions 2 L (Online)

Emergency provisions and change in the Federal structure of the country, Constitutional

breakdown, Financial Emergency, National Emergency.

Text Book:

Page 83: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

1. D. D Basu, Introduction to the Constitution of India, 20th Edn.Lexisnexis Butterworths,

2012.

Modes of Evaluation:

Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme: Continuous Evaluation Pattern.

Components Continuous Evaluation Continuous Evaluation

Weightage (%) 50%

50%

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

CO/P

O

P

O1

P

O2

P

O3

P

O4

P

O5

P

O6

P

O7

P

O8

P

O9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 - - - - - 1 - 1 - - - 1 - - -

CO2 - - - - - 1 - 1 - - - 1 - - -

CO3 - - - - - 1 - 1 - - - 1 - - -

CO4 - - - - - 1 - 1 - - - 1 - - -

CO5 - - - - - 1 - 1 - - - 1 - - -

CO6 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Aver

age - - - - 1 - 1 - - 1 - - -

1. Weak Mapped 2. Moderate Mapped 3. Strong Mapped

Page 84: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Page 85: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MATH 2037 Statistical and Numerical Methods L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure Mathematics upto B.Tech 1st year

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

5. To enable the students understand concept of random variable and probability distributions.

6. To make the students aware of the concepts of testing of hypothesis in statistics.

7. To enable the students understand the mechanism of iterative techniques and derive

appropriate numerical methods to perform numerical differentiation, integration.

8. To make the students able to solve ODEs and PDEs numerically.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course the students will be able to

CO12. Understand the theory of discrete and continuous probability distributions.

CO13. Test a hypothesis based on small and large sample test.

CO14. Implement iterative methods to find the numerical solutions of single variable

algebraic and transcendental equations. Interpolate values of the dependent variable from

tabulated equally and unequally spaced experimental data. Perform numerical differentiation

and integration from the available discrete data.

CO15. Apply numerical techniques to solve ordinary and partial differential equations.

Catalog Description

This course covers statistics and numerical analysis. In probability distributions and applied

statistics, students equip with the fundamental tools to find probability of a random variable and

Test a hypothesis based on small and large sample test. Numerical methods deal with the study

of algorithms that use numerical approximation for the problems arising in science and

engineering. The course is aimed to provide the knowledge of numerical methods for solving a

variety of mathematical models. It deals with the basic definitions, properties of various finite

difference operators and their applications to engineering problems associated with polynomial

interpolation, differentiation and integration from the given tabular data. It discusses various

algorithms associated with the technique of finding zeros of the algebraic and transcendental

equations. This course also provides a detailed knowledge of various iterative methods to solve

system of linear algebraic equations. Several techniques will be discussed for solving initial

value problems of ordinary differential equations. The students will also get insight into the

solutions of boundary value problems in partial differential equations.

Course Content

Unit I: Probability Distributions 8 lecture hours

Page 86: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Random Variable: Discrete and Continuous, Probability mass and Probability density Functions

, Moments, Skewness and Kurtosis, Moment Generating Functions and their properties,

Binomial , Poisson and Normal Distributions.

Unit II: Applied Statistics 8 lecture hours

Test of significance: Large sample test for single proportion, difference of proportions, single

mean, difference of means, and difference of standard deviations. Test for single mean,

difference of means and correlation coefficients, test for ratio of variances; Chi-square test for

goodness of fit and independence of attributes.

Unit III: Numerical Methods-I 10 lecture hours

Solution of polynomial and transcendental equations – Bisection method, Fixed point iteration

method, Newton-Raphson method and Regula-Falsi method; Finite differences, Interpolation

using Newton’s forward and backward difference formulae; Central difference interpolation:

Gauss’s forward and backward formulae. Numerical differentiation, Numerical integration:

Trapezoidal rule and Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 rules. Gauss Jacobi & Gauss Seidel methods.

Unit IV: Numerical Methods-II 10 lecture hours

Ordinary differential equations: Picard’s method, Taylor’s series method, Euler and modified

Euler’s methods. Runge- Kutta method of fourth order for solving first and second order

equations; Partial differential equations: Finite difference solution two dimensional Laplace

equation and Poisson equation, Implicit and explicit methods for one dimensional heat equation

(Schmidt and Crank-Nicholson methods); Finite difference explicit method for wave equation.

Text Books

1. Gupta, S. C., Kapoor, V. K., Fundamental of statistical mathematics, S. Chand publications,

ISBN:9788180545283

2. Jain, M. K., Iyengar, S. R. K., Jain, R. K., Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engineering

Computation, New Age International, ISBN: 9788122420012.

3. Sastry, S. S., Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, PHI Learning, India. ISBN:

9788120345928.

4. Bala Guru Swamy, E., Numerical Methods, Tata McGraw Hill, India. ISBN: 0074633112.

Reference Books

Page 87: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

1. Sheldon Ross, “Introductory Statistics”, 3 e Academic Press, 2014

2. Gerald, F. C., Wheatley, P. O., Applied Numerical Analysis, Pearson, India. ISBN:

9788131717400

3. Pal, S., Numerical methods: Principles, analyses, and algorithms, Oxford University Press,

New Delhi, ISBN: 9780195693751.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components IA MID SEM End Sem Total

Weightage (%) 30 20 50 100

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

P

O

11

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

PSO

3

CO1 3 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 - - - -

CO2 3 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 - - - -

CO3 3 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 - - - -

CO4 3 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 - - - -

Avera

ge 3 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 - - -

-

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

Page 88: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MEMA 2001 Materials science L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure

Co-requisites

Course objectives:

1. Understanding correlation between the internal structure of materials, their mechanical

properties, and various methods to quantify their mechanical integrity and failure criteria.

2. Providing a detailed interpretation of equilibrium phase diagrams.

3. Understanding different phases and heat treatment methods to control the properties of

steels.

Course outcomes:

CO1. Demonstrate the understanding of structure and properties of engineering materials.

CO2. Apply the basic concepts of crystallography and phase diagrams to analyse structure and

properties of various alloy systems

CO3. Apply the concepts of phase transformation and heat treatment for optimizing the

properties of steels.

CO4. Understand and evaluate the applications of various ferrous and non-ferrous engineering

materials based upon their properties.

Course description:

Materials from the basic building block of any engineering system and find application in every

industrial environment viz. automotive, aerospace, manufacturing, chemical, construction etc. In

different applications, materials experience a variety of environment like heat, stress, moisture,

chemicals, radiation, etc, and thus it is imperative to study the behavior of a material when

exposed to these environments. Students will be expected to develop a basic understanding of

different types of engineering materials along with their structures and properties. This course

would also develop upon how these properties are measured and how they can be modified

through phase transformations using heat treatment.

Course content:

Page 89: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Unit 1 6 Lectures

Crystal Structure: Unit cells, Metallic crystal structures, Ceramics. Imperfection in solids:

Point, line, interfacial and volume defects; dislocation strengthening mechanisms and slip

systems critically resolved shear stress.

Unit 2 6 Lectures

Mechanical Property measurement: Tensile, compression and torsion tests; Young’s

modulus, relations between true and engineering stress-strain curves, generalized Hooke’s

law, yielding and yield strength, ductility, resilience, toughness and elastic recovery;

Hardness: Rockwell, Brinell and Vickers and their relation to strength.

Unit 3 6 Lectures

Static failure theories: Ductile and brittle failure mechanisms, Tresca’s, Von-mises, Maximum

normal stress, Mohr-Coulomb and Modified Mohr-Coulomb; Fracture mechanics:

Introduction to Stress-intensity factor approach and Griffith criterion. Fatigue failure: High

cycle fatigue, Stress-life approach, SN curve, endurance and fatigue limits, effects of mean

stress using the Modified Goodman diagram; Fracture with fatigue, Introduction to non-

destructive testing (NDT)

Unit 4 6 Lectures

Alloys, substitutional and interstitial solid solutions- Phase diagrams: Interpretation of binary

phase diagrams and microstructure development; eutectic, peritectic, peritectoid and monotectic

reactions. Iron Iron-carbide phase diagram and microstructural aspects of leduburite,

austenite, ferrite, and cementite, cast iron

Unit 5 6 Lectures

Heat treatment of Steel: Nucleation and Growth, Annealing, tempering, normalising and

spheroidising, isothermal transformation diagrams for Fe-C alloys and microstructure

development. Continuous cooling curves and interpretation of final microstructures and

properties- austempering, martempering, case hardening, carburizing, nitriding, cyaniding,

carbo-nitriding, flame and induction hardening, vacuum and plasma hardening

Unit 6 6 Lectures

Alloying of steel, properties of stainless steel and tool steels, maraging steels- cast irons;

grey, white, malleable and spheroidal cast irons- copper and copper alloys; brass, bronze and

cupro-nickel; Aluminium and Al-Cu – Mg alloys- Nickel based superalloys and Titanium

Page 90: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

alloys

Suggested Text/Reference Books:

1. W. D. Callister, 2006, “Materials Science and Engineering-An Introduction”, 6th Edition,

Wiley India.

2. Kenneth G. Budinski and Michael K. Budinski, “Engineering Materials”, Prentice Hall

of India Private Limited, 4th Indian Reprint, 2002.

3. V. Raghavan, “Material Science and Engineering’, Prentice Hall of India Private

Limited, 1999.

4. U. C. Jindal, “Engineering Materials and Metallurgy”, Pearson, 2011.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs):

PO

s &

PS

Os

/C

Os

P

O

1

P

O

2

P

O

3

P

O

4

P

O

5

P

O

6

P

O

7

P

O

8

P

O

9

P

O

10

P

O

11

P

O

12

PS

O

1

PS

O

2

CO

1 3 1

1 - - - - - 2 2 2 2

1 2

CO

2 3 2 2

1 1 - - - 2 2 2 2

1 2

CO

3 3 2 3 2

1 - - - 2 2 2 2

1 2

Page 91: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

C0

4 3 2 2 2 1

1 1

- 3 2 2 2

2 2

Av

g. 3 1.75

2 1.25 0.75 0.25 0.25 - 2.25 2 2 2

1 2

Page 92: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MECH 2014 ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS L T P C

Version 3.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-

requisites/Exposure

Basic knowledge of physics and mathematics

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To help the students understand the fundamentals and relevance of thermodynamics in the

broader context of engineering sciences in general, and automotive engineering in particular.

2. To be able to use the laws of thermodynamics to estimate the potential for thermo-

mechanical energy conversion in automotive and power industries.

3. To empower students with the expertise of experimentation, simulation and the fundamental

concepts that is required to translate a novel engineering idea to reality through

thermodynamic relations and power cycles.

4. To expose students to a wide variety of research areas and concerns in and around

thermodynamics.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Comprehend the thermodynamic systems, properties and laws of thermodynamics.

CO2. Apply laws of thermodynamics to flow and non-flow processes.

CO3. Analyze the performance of various thermodynamic systems and cycles.

CO4. Evaluate various thermodynamic systems.

Catalog Description

Thermodynamics is important in many scientific and technological problems and can be applied

to any discipline, technology, applications or processes. Thermodynamics is used to understand

many energy exchanges accompanying a wide range of mechanical and chemical processes. In

thermodynamics, we study mainly interactions between the thermodynamic system and

surrounding in the form of heat and work. Due to interaction between system and surrounding,

properties of the system will change and we can study all qualitative and quantitative changes

within the system by using the laws of thermodynamics.

Course Content

UNIT 1: 5 lecture hours

Basic Concepts: Review-Thermodynamic systems, Thermodynamic properties, Thermo-dynamic

equilibrium; State, path, process and cycle, Quasi-static process; Reversible and irreversible

processes; Equality of temperature, Zeroth law of thermodynamics and temperature scales;

Transient energies-heat and work, Concept of an ideal gas, characteristic; Gas equation;

Avogadro’s and universal gas constant; Vander wal’s equation of state.

Page 93: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

UNIT 2: 7 lecture hours

First Law of Thermodynamics: First law of thermodynamics and its corollaries; Internal energy-a

property of the system; First law for control mass (closed system); Non-flow process of ideal

gases; enthalpy and specific heats, First law for control volume (open system); Steady flow

energy and equation and its engineering applications; Flow work and non-flow work, Free

expansion and throttling processes; Joule-Thomson coefficient; Inversion point and Inversion

curve; Limitations of first law.

UNIT 3: 4 lecture hours

Properties of Steam: Pure substance- phase and phase transformation, Vaporization, evaporation

and boiling; Solid liquid and Vapour equilibrium; Temperature-Volume (T-V), Pressure-Volume

(P-V) and pressure-Tempt,(P-T) plots, generation of steam at constant pressure, introduction to

steam Generators(Boiler), Dryness fraction, Steam Table and Mollier Diagrams, Dryness

Fraction , Separating and throttling calorimeter, Vapour Power Cycles, Carnot and Rankine cycle

UNIT 4: 7 lecture hours

Second Law of Thermodynamics and Entropy: Kelvin-Plank’s and Clausius statements of

second law and their equivalence; Carnot cycle and Carnot heat engine; Reversed Carnot cycle

(Carnot heat pump and refrigerator),Carnot theorem, Thermodynamic temperature scale and

Clausius in equality, Entropy- a point function, Temperature-entropy plot and Entropy change

during a process. Principle of entropy increases; Application of Entropy Principle,

UNIT 5: 6 lecture hours Availability and Irreversibility: High and low grade energy; Available and unavailable energy;

Loss of available energy due to heat transfer through a finite temperature difference, Availability

of a non-flow (closed) and a steady flow system; Helmholtz and Gibb’s function, Effectiveness

and irreversibility; Third law of thermos-dynamic (Nernst law).

UNIT 6: 4 lecture hours

Air Standard Cycles: I C Engine Terminology, Otto cycle, Diesel Cycle, Dual Cycle, Efficiency,

mean effective pressure, Indicator diagrams, working of 2- stroke & 4four stroke petrol and

diesel engines and comparison

Text Books

1. Nag P.K., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, (2008), Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub.

2. Arora C.P., “Thermodynamics, (2001), Tata McGraw-Hill Education

Reference Books

1. Jones and Dugans, “Engineering Thermodynamics”, (1996), PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.

2. Wylen Van, “Fundamentals of Classical Thermodynamics”, (1994), John wiley & sons.

3. Holman J.P., “Thermodynamics” , (1998),McGraw Hill.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Page 94: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

PO/CO

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

CO1 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - 1

CO2 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - 1

CO3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 3

CO4 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 2

Average 2 2.5 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 1.75

Page 95: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

ECEG 2010 Signals & Systems L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Engineering Mathematics

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To help the learners develop the ability to understand signal classification.

2. To enable students analyse continuous and discrete time signals.

3. To give the students a perspective to appreciate the role of various mathematical transforms.

4. To enable students acquire understanding of linear time invariant system.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Describe the signal classification.

CO2. Analyze continuous and discrete time signals.

CO3. Compose continuous and discrete time systems.

CO4. Develop various mathematical techniques to analyse continuous and discrete time

systems.

Catalog Description

The concepts and theory of signals and systems are needed in almost all electrical engineering

fields and in many other engineering and scientific disciplines as well. They form the foundation

for further studies in areas such as communication, signal processing, and control systems. In

this course, the students will learn about the continuous and discrete time signals and systems.

They will learn about the transformation of signals from time domain to frequency domain and

vice versa. This will help the students to better analyze the signals. Students will be encouraged

to actively take part in solving numerical problems, which will help the students to understand

the subject. Students are expected to interact with media resources, such as NPTEL, etc.

Course Content

Unit I: 6 lecture hours

Definition and classification of signals: Continuous and Discrete Time Signals, Periodic & Non-

periodic Signal, Deterministic and Random Signals, Energy & Power Signals, Analog and

Digital Signals Commonly used signals (for discrete and continuous): Definition and relationship

of Unit step, Unit Ramp, Unit Impulse signal, Exponential signal, Sinusoidal signal, Even & Odd

signal, Classifications of Systems: Linear & Non-linear, Stable & Unstable. Static (Memory less)

& Dynamic (Memory), Causal & Non-causal, Time invariant & Time variant, Invertible and Non

Invertible Systems. Discrete Time systems: Adder, Constant multiplier, Signal multiplier, Unit

delay block, Unit advance block.

Page 96: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Unit II: 5 lecture hours

Analysis of continuous time signals: Fourier series representation of Periodic signals,

Representation of Fourier series in Exponential form, Frequency spectrum, Properties of

Continuous time Fourier series, Parseval’s theorem, Continuous Time Fourier Transform

(CTFT), Magnitude and Phase spectrum, Properties and Theorems of CTFT, Energy and Power

Spectral Density, Fourier transform of some common functions, convolution Integral, Hilbert

transform.

Unit III: 8 lecture hours

Discrete time fourier transform: Fourier transform representation of aperiodic discrete time

signals, Periodicity of DTFT, Properties of DTFT, Fourier transform of periodic signals, Signal

transmission through LTI System, Ideal and Practical filters, Energy spectral Density, Power

Spectral Density, Sampling Theorem and Proof, Signal Reconstruction and Concept of Aliasing

Application of signal and system in communication.

Unit IV: 8 lecture hours Linear time invariant continuous time system and analysis: Transfer function and Impulse response, Block diagram representation and Reduction technique, Convolution integral, State variable techniques, State equations for Electrical networks, State equations from transfer functions. Properties of LTI systems. Analysis of first order and second order systems, continuous-time system analysis using LT, system functions of CT systems, poles and zeros, Frequency Response, First Order ad Second order continuous time system.

Unit V: 9 lecture hours Analysis of discrete time signals: Introduction to Z Transform, One sided, Two Sided, Bilateral, ROC, ROC Properties, Z Transform Properties and Theorems, Z Transform of some common signals, Inverse Z Transform, Solution of difference equations using one-sided Z Transform, s- to z-plane mapping , Analysis and Characterization of LTI System using Z Transform, System Function algebra and Block diagram representation.

Text Books

1. Oppenheim, A. V., Willsky, A. S., & Hamid, S. (1997). Signals and Systems. (2nd

Edition). Prentice-Hall, ISBN-13: 978-0138147570.

2. Lathi, B. P. (2009). Principles of Linear Systems. Oxford University Press, ISBN 13:

9780198062271.

3. Roberts, M. J. (2008) Fundamentals of Signals and Systems, McGraw hill Edition, ISBN-

13: 978-0073309507.

Reference Books

1. Kumar, A. (2013). Signals and Systems, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, ISBN 13: 9788122436273 .

2. Hsu, H. P. Schaum's Outlines of Signals and Systems. (1995). McGraw-Hill, ISBN:

0-07-030641-9.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Page 97: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Components MSE I MSE II Presentation/Assignment/ etc ESE

Weightage (%) 20 - 30 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 1

CO2 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 2 2

CO3 3 3 2 3 1 2 2 3 2

CO4 3 3 1 2 1 1 1 2 3

Average 2.75 2.75 1.25 1.4 1 1.25 2.25 2 2

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Page 98: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MECH 2019 Engineering Mechanics L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure

Co-requisites

Course objectives:

1. Confidently tackle equilibrium equations, moments and inertia problems.

2. Master calculator/computing basic skills to use to advantage in solving mechanics

problems.

3. Gain a f i rm foundation in Engineering Mechanics for furthering the career in

Engineering

Course outcomes:

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Understand the basic concepts of statics and dynamics of rigid bodies.

CO2. Apply the concepts of Engineering Mechanics in solving Engineering problems.

CO3. Analyze forces, motion, work and energy problems and their relationship to engineering

applications.

Course description:

The course covers the fundamental background in the statics and dynamics of rigid bodies, with

a special emphasis on applications of laws of rigid body mechanics, as relevant to engineering

sciences in general and automotive engineering in particular. The course begins with a

description of basic laws of mechanics, resultant of system of forces and equilibrium of system.

The aim is to develop in the engineering student the ability to analyze any problem in a simple

and logical manner and to apply to its solution a few, well understood, basic principles. The

application of concepts of mechanics further is elaborated in analysis of pinned joint structure

and dynamics of bodies. Students will learn to understand the concepts of dealing problems with

friction like belt, wedge and ladder friction. The understanding of center of gravity and moment

of inertia and its calculations are also explored in this course. Further, being a rigorous course on

problem-solving, it will acquaint students with engineering problem-solving approaches and the

effective use of commercial software packages to answer engineering questions.

Page 99: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Course content:

Unit 1 Introduction to Engineering Mechanics

Force Systems, Basic concepts, Particle equilibrium in 2-D & 3-D; Rigid Body equilibrium;

System of Forces, Coplanar Concurrent Forces, Components in Space – Resultant- Moment of

Forces and its Application; Couples and Resultant of Force System, Equilibrium of System of

Forces, Free body diagrams, Equations of Equilibrium of Coplanar Systems and Spatial

Systems; Static Indeterminacy

Unit 2 Friction

Types of friction, Limiting friction, Laws of Friction, Static and Dynamic Friction; Motion of

Bodies, wedge friction, screw jack & differential screw jack;

Unit 3 Basic Structural Analysis

Equilibrium in three dimensions; Method of Sections; Method of Joints; How to determine if a

member is in tension or compression; Simple Trusses; Zero force members; Beams & types of

beams; Frames & Machines;

Unit 4 Centroid and Centre of Gravity

Centroid of simple figures from first principle, centroid of composite sections; Centre of

Gravity and its implications; Area moment of inertia- Definition, Moment of inertia of plane

sections from first principles, Theorems of moment of inertia, Moment of inertia of standard

sections and composite sections; Mass moment inertia of circular plate, Cylinder, Cone,

Sphere, Hook.

Unit 5 Virtual Work and Energy Method

Virtual displacements, principle of virtual work for particle and ideal system of rigid bodies,

degrees of freedom. Active force diagram, systems with friction, mechanical efficiency.

Conservative forces and potential energy (elastic and gravitational), energy equation for

equilibrium. Applications of energy method for equilibrium. Stability of equilibrium.

Unit 6 Review of particle dynamics

Rectilinear motion; Plane curvilinear motion (rectangular, path, and polar coordinates). 3-D

curvilinear motion; Relative and constrained motion; Newton’s 2nd law (rectangular, path, and

polar coordinates). Work-kinetic energy, power, potential energy. Impulse-momentum (linear,

angular); Impact (Direct and oblique).

Unit 7 Introduction to Kinetics of Rigid Bodies

Basic terms, general principles in dynamics; Types of motion, Instantaneous centre of rotation

in plane motion and simple problems; D’Alembert’s principle and its applications in plane

motion and connected bodies; Work energy principle and its application in plane motion of

connected bodies; Kinetics of rigid body rotation;

Unit 8 Mechanical Vibrations covering

Page 100: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Basic terminology, free and forced vibrations, resonance and its effects; Degree of freedom;

Derivation for frequency and amplitude of free vibrations without damping and single degree of

freedom system, simple problems, types of pendulum, use of simple, compound and torsion

pendulums;

Suggested Text/Reference Books:

1. Irving H. Shames (2006), Engineering Mechanics, 4th

Edition, Prentice Hall

2. F. P. Beer and E. R. Johnston (2011), Vector Mechanics for Engineers, Vol I - Statics,

Vol II, – Dynamics, 9th Ed, Tata McGraw Hill

3. R. C. Hibbler (2006), Engineering Mechanics: Principles of Statics and Dynamics,

Pearson Press.

4. Andy Ruina and Rudra Pratap (2011), Introduction to Statics and Dynamics, Oxford

University Press

5. Shanes and Rao (2006), Engineering Mechanics, Pearson Education,

6. Hibler and Gupta (2010), Engineering Mechanics (Statics, Dynamics) by Pearson

Education

7. Reddy Vijaykumar K. and K. Suresh Kumar (2010), Singer’s Engineering Mechanics

8. Bansal R.K. (2010), A Text Book of Engineering Mechanics, Laxmi Publications

9. Khurmi R.S. (2010), Engineering Mechanics, S. Chand & Co.

10. Tayal A.K. (2010), Engineering Mechanics, Umesh Publications

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs):

PO/CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 2

Page 101: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

CO3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 2

Average 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 2

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Page 102: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Human Values and Ethics- HUMN 1301 L T P C

Version 1.0 1 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of English

Co-requisites Basic IT skills

Course

Objectives

To inculcate human values and professional ethics in students.

To facilitate the development of a Holistic perspective among students towards life based on

a correct understanding of the Human reality and the rest of Existence.

To develop moral responsibilities and ethical vision towards self and society.

Course

Outcomes

At the completion of the course, the student should be

able to:

CO1. Understand the importance of values, ethics, harmony and lifelong learning in

personal and professional life

CO2. Apply the knowledge of values and ethics in daily lives.

Catalog Description

Nowadays the world is facing tremendous values crisis and so many

unsatisfactory occurrences have been arising due to lack of human values and

character. This course will help the students to inculcate human values and

professional ethics by understanding the importance of Values and Ethics in day -

to-day life. It will benefit our new generation to keep aside their conflicts &

problems and inspire them to lead a successful life in real sense. The course will

also aid in taking informed decisions in life based on correct values and ethics,

which is going to make them not only a better professional at the workplace but

also a better human being ..

Course Content

Unit I: Introduction of Human Values: E x pl o r i n g V a l u e s , Character, Integrity,

Credibility, Mutual Respect, Dedication, Perseverance, Humility and Perception. Self-

Assessment & Analysis, Setting Life Goals, Consciousness and Self-Transformation. Team

Work, Conflict Resolution, Influencing and Winning People, Anger Management,

Forgiveness and Peace, Morality, Conscience. Yoga and Spirituality; Moral Development

Theories, Moral Dilemma - Exploring Self, Work Ethics

Page 103: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Unit II: Contemporary society and Human Values: Indian System of Values, Science,

Technology and Human Values, Holistic Development, Indian Constitution & Ethics, Cannons of

Ethics

Unit III: Humanism & Human Values: Human Rights & Human Values, Work Ethics,

Engineering Ethics, Human Values and Freedom, Love and Wisdom , Moral Dilemma,

Unit IV: Management by Values: Interpersonal relationship at Workplace, Professional

Excellence, Leadership & Teamwork, Conflict Resolution.

Text Books 1. Shetty, Foundation Course in Human Values and Professional Ethics [R.R. Gaur, R.

Sangal, G.P. Bagaria]

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ Seminar/Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components MSE I (U-1)

2 Quiz

1 Discussion

MSE II (U-2)

1 Quiz

1 Assignment

MSE III(U 3.4)

3 Quiz

3 Assignment

ESE

Weightage

(%)

20% 30% 50% 100%

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs)

Mapped

Programm

e

Outcomes

CO1 Understand the importance of values, ethics, harmony and

lifelong learning in personal and professional life

PO8

CO2

Apply the knowledge of values and ethics in daily lives.

PO6

Page 104: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Engin

eeri

ng K

now

ledg

e

Pro

ble

m a

nal

ysi

s

Des

ign/d

evel

opm

ent

of

solu

tions

C

on

du

ct

inv

est

igati

on

s o

f co

mp

lex

pro

ble

ms

M

oder

n t

ool

usa

ge

The

eng

inee

r an

d s

oci

ety

Envir

onm

ent

and s

ust

ainab

ilit

y

Eth

ics

Indiv

idual

or

team

work

Com

munic

atio

n

Pro

ject

man

agem

ent

and f

inan

ce

Lif

e-lo

ng L

earn

ing

Course

Code

Course

Title

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

HUMN

1301

Human

Values and

Ethics

2

2

1=weakly mapped

2= moderately mapped

3=strongly mapped

Page 105: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MECH 2103 Engineering Graphics Lab II L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 2 1

Pre-requisites/Exposure Engineering Graphics

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives:

1. Exposure to the visual aspects of engineering design.

2. Exposure to solid modelling.

3. Exposure to computer-aided geometric design.

4. Exposure to creating working drawings.

5. Exposure to engineering communication.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of this course student should be able to

CO1. Apply the knowledge of projection, sectioning in the drawing of machine elements.

CO2. Draw machine element like joints, coupling, bolts etc. consisting of 3 - 4 elements on

software.

CO3. Create assembly drawing of mechanical parts in CATIA V6.

CO4. Develop dimensional & production drawing as per the needs of processes in industries on

software.

Catalog Description:

In this course, students will learn about representation of various machine components like,

joints, couplings, bolts, etc. in the form of 2D and 3D models. The course also makes students

capable of performing assembly of various machine components.

List of Exercises:

Sl.

No. Lab Contents

1 Lab – 1 Getting started with CATIA V6 drafting

2 Lab – 2 To draw simple 2D sketches in drafting

3 Lab – 3 To draw advanced 2D sketches in drafting

4 Lab – 4 Getting started with CATIA V6 part modeling

Page 106: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

5 Lab – 5 To create simple 3D models in part modeling

6 Lab – 6 To create advanced 3D models in part modeling

7 Lab - 7

Getting started with CATIA V6 Assembly and assembly of Muff

coupling

8 Lab – 8

To create an assembly of socket and spigot joint and draw various

orthographic views in drafting

9 Lab – 9

To create an assembly of Flange coupling and draw various

orthographic views in drafting

10 Lab – 10

To create an assembly of Oldham coupling and draw various

orthographic views in drafting

11 Lab – 11

To create an assembly of Knuckle joint and draw various

orthographic views in drafting

12 Lab – 12

Conventional representation of surface finish, Roughness number

symbol, Symbols of Machine elements and welded joints. Limits,

Fits and Tolerances

Text Books / Reference Books

Text Book

1. K. L. Narayana, P. Kannaiah, K. Venkata Reddy (2006), “Machine drawing”, New Age

International Publishers

2. P S Gill, (2014), “Machine Drawing”, S K Kataria and Sons.

Reference Book

1. N D Bhatt (2014), “Machine Drawing”, Charotar Publishing House

2. R K Dhawan (2014), “A Textbook of Machine Drawing”, S Chand & Co Limited ISBN :

978-930856-7649-9

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components IA Mid Sem End Sem Total

Weightage (%) 0 0 100 100

Page 107: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

PO/CO PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

P

O

11

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 2 - 1 - - - 1 - 1 1 2 2 1 -

CO2 2 - 1 - - 2 - - 1 1 2 2 1 -

CO3 2 - 1 - 2 2 1 - - - 2 2 1 -

CO4 2 - - - 2 - 1 - - 1 2 2 1 -

Averag

e 2 - 1 - 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 -

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

Page 108: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Page 109: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MECH 2025 Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 2 5

Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Basic Knowledge of Fluid mechanics

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To help the students understand the fundamentals and relevance of fluid mechanics in the

broader context of engineering sciences in general, and automotive engineering in

particular

2. To enable students to understand fluid properties and apply laws of fluid mechanics and

analyse fluid flows through different configurations along with the measurement of flow

parameters.

3. To empower students with the expertise of experimentation, simulation and the

fundamental concepts that are required to translate a novel engineering idea to reality

through dimensional analysis and similitude.

4. To expose students to a wide variety of research areas and concerns in and around fluid

mechanics such as energy, health etc. across multidisciplinary domains.

5. To equip students with necessary engineering skills such as solving engineering problems

in a professional way, using commercial software packages such as MATLAB for data

analysis and presentation, numerical simulations etc.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Understand the fluid properties, fluid flow characteristics, fluidic sensors and governing

equations of fluid kinematics and dynamics.

CO2. Apply principles of fluid kinematics and dynamics to fluid flow systems and

turbomachines.

CO3. Analyze the performance characteristics of various flow systems.

CO4. Compare performance characteristics of various fluid flow systems.

Catalog Description

Fluid flows are important in many scientific and technological problems including automotive

design, atmospheric and oceanic circulation, renewable energy generation, energy production by

chemical or nuclear combustion in engines and stars, energy utilization in vehicles, buildings and

industrial processes, and biological processes such as the flow of blood. The highly

multidisciplinary nature of the subject can be gauged from the fact that it is taught across

multiple disciplines ranging from Mechanical, Aerospace, Civil, Chemical to Environmental

Engineering. The current course covers the fundamental background in the statics and dynamics

Page 110: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

of fluids, with a special emphasis on applications of fluid mechanics, as relevant to engineering

sciences in general and automotive engineering in particular. The course begins with a

description of different fluid properties and covers the basic conservation laws of mass,

momentum and energy. The students will learn the fundamental laws of fluid dynamics and then

apply it to two distinct type of flows commonly found in real life: internal flows and external

flows. The students will thus get an adequate exposure to internal flows such as pipe flows in

industry, or external flows viz. flow over an aircraft wing. The student will also learn the art of

engineering approximations, and the fundamental concepts of dimensional analysis, similitude

and experimentation, that are involved in translating a novel idea to a real-world application.

Further, being a rigorous course on problem-solving, it will acquaint students with engineering

problem-solving approaches and the effective use of commercial software packages to answer

engineering questions.

Course Content

Unit I: 4 lecture hours

Fluid properties and flow characteristics: Units and dimensions- Properties of fluids- mass

density, specific weight, specific volume, specific gravity, viscosity, compressibility, vapour

pressure, surface tension and capillarity; Pressure measurement & buoyancy.

Unit II: 5 lecture hours

Fluid kinematics and dynamics: Flow characteristics – concept of control volume , Types of

Fluid flow, Types of flow line, application of continuity equation, energy equation and

momentum equation, Velocity potential and Stream function, Bernoulli’s equation, Application

of Bernoulli’s equation , Vortex motion.

Unit III: 5 lecture hours

Dimensional analysis: Need for dimensional analysis – methods of dimensional analysis –

Similitude –types of similitude -Dimensionless parameters- application of dimensionless

parameters – Model analysis.

Unit IV: 6 lecture hours

Flow through circular conduits: Hydraulic and energy gradient - Laminar flow through circular

conduits and circular annuli-Boundary layer concepts – types of boundary layer thickness –

Darcy Weisbach equation –friction factor- Moody diagram- commercial pipes- minor losses –

Flow through pipes in series and parallel.

Unit V: 6 lecture hours

Pumps: Impact of jets - Euler’s equation - Theory of roto-dynamic machines – various

efficiencies– velocity components at entry and exit of the rotor- velocity triangles - Centrifugal

pumps– working principle - work done by the impeller - performance curves - Reciprocating

pump- working principle – Rotary pumps –classification.

Page 111: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Unit VI: 6 lecture hours

Turbines: Classification of turbines – heads and efficiencies – velocity triangles; Axial, radial

and mixed flow turbines. Pelton wheel, Francis turbine and Kaplan turbines- working principles -

work done by water on the runner – draft tube. Specific speed - unit quantities – performance

curves for turbines – governing of turbines.

Unit VII: 4 lecture hours

Fluidics: Fluidic elements, Fluidic sensors, Fluidic amplifiers, Comparison among different

switching elements.

Text Books

a. Som S.K., Biswas Gautam and Chakraborty, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Machinery

Reference Books

1. Gupta S.C., Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines

2. Kundu, Cohen and Dowling, Fluid Mechanics

3. White Frank M., Fluid Mechanics

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

PO/

CO

PO

1

PO

2

P

O

3

P

O

4

P

O

5

P

O

6

P

O

7

P

O

8

P

O

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O

1

PS

O

2

CO1 3 1 - - - - - - - - 1

CO2 2 2 1 1 2 - - - - - - - - 1

CO3 1 1 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 2

CO4 1 1 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 2

Aver

age

1.7

5

1 2 1.

5

2.

33

1.5

Page 112: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MECH 2012 Strength of Materials L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 2 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of Physics and Mathematics.

Basic knowledge of Mechanics

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To help the students understand the fundamentals and relevance of mechanics of solids in the

broader context of engineering sciences in general.

2. Understand and analyse the structural members subjected to tension, compression, torsion,

bending and combined stresses using the fundamental concepts of stress, strain, and elastic

behaviour of materials.

3. To understand and estimate strength, predict failure and incorporate design considerations.

4. Understand the concept of buckling and apply in columns.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Understand the basic principles of stress and strain in solid bodies.

CO2. Apply stress-strain relationships in single and compound members subjected to different

types of loading such as tension, compression, shear, bending, torsion etc.

CO3. Analyze Engineering problems using basic principles of stress and strain.

CO4. Evaluate failure of structural and mechanical components under various loading

conditions.

Catalog Description

Mechanics of Solids is a fundamental subject needed primarily for the students of Mechanical

Engineering to understand the behavior of deformable bodies under varied engineering

applications ranging from steel, cement, automobile industries to heavy metal and oil & gas

industries. The highly multidisciplinary nature of the subject can be gauged from the fact that it

is taught across multiple disciplines of mechanical, civil, and aerospace engineering. The current

course covers the fundamentals of stresses and strains relevant to engineering in general. The

students will get exposure to understand and analyze the structural members subjected to various

types of loads i.e. axial, shear, bending, torsion or eccentric loadings. The students will also learn

to analyze the practical engineering problems subjected to combined loading and apply theories

of failure. Furthermore, the rigorous problem solving will enable them to apply the fundamentals

in engineering applications of columns and pressure vessels so that they get acquainted with

engineering problem solving approach.

Course Content

Page 113: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Unit I: 12 hours

Stress and Strains

Introduction, Stress, Types of stress & Strain, Hook’s law, Elastic Constant, Poisson’s Ratio,

relationship among elastic constants, Stress – Strain Diagram for structural steel and non-ferrous

materials, Properties of Materials, Principles of superposition, Total elongation of tapering bars

of circular and rectangular cross sections. Elongation due to self – weight, Indeterminate

structures, Composite section, Volumetric strain, expression for volumetric strain, Thermal

stresses including thermal stresses in compound bars

Unit II: 10 hours

Bending Stress, Shear Stress in Beams

Introduction, Bending stress in beam, Assumptions in simple bending theory, Pure bending

derivation of flexural formula, section modulus, Flexural rigidity, Expression for horizontal shear

stress in beam, Shear stress diagram for rectangular, symmetrical ‘I’ and ‘T’ section

Bending Moment and Shear Force in BEAMS

Introduction, Types of beams loadings and supports, shearing force in beam, bending moment,

Sign convention, Relationship between loading, shear force and bending moment, Shear force

and bending moment equations, SFD and BMD for cantilever beams, simply supported beams

and overhanging beams subjected to point loads, UDL, UVL and Couple.

Unit III: 5 hours

Torsion of circular shafts

Introduction, Pure torsion, torsion equation for circular shafts, Polar Moment of Inertia,

Torsional rigidity and polar modulus, Power transmitted by shaft of solid and hollow circular

sections, Composite shafts: series connections & Parallel connection, buckling, combined

bending & Torsion.

Unit IV: 18 hours

Deflection of Beams

Introduction, Definitions of slope, deflection, Elastic curve, derivation of differential equation of

deflection of beams, Sign convention, Slope and deflection condition, Direct integration & Area

Moment, Macaulay’s method for prismatic beams and overhanging beams subjected to point

loads, UDL and Couple, Strain energy method to calculate the deflection

Complex stresses

Introduction, Stress components on inclined planes, General two-dimensional stress system,

Principal planes and stresses, Mohr’s Stress for plane stress condition, Strain Energy, Impact

Loading, Theory of failure, FOS

Cylindrical & Spherical Shells

Thin Walled Cylinders and Spheres. Stresses due to Internal Pressure, Change in length,

Diameter, and Volume.

Unit V: 4 hours

Elastic Stability of Columns

Page 114: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Introduction, Short and long columns, Euler’s theory on columns, Assumptions, derivation,

slenderness ration, radius of gyration, buckling load, Assumptions, Euler’s Buckling load for

different end conditions, Limitations of Euler’s theory, Rankine’s formula and problems,

eccentric loading of columns; Rankine’s formula, Euler’s Formula

Text Books

1. Jindal, U C., “Strength of Materials”, Pearson Education India.

2. Rattan, S. S., “Strength of Materials”, Tata McGraw-Hill Education.

Reference Books

1. Hibbler, R C., “Mechanics of Materials”, Pearson Education.

2. Philpot, T A., “Mechanics of Materials: An Integrated Learning System, 4th Edition: An

Integrated Learning System”, Wiley

3. Ryder, G H., “Strength of Materials”, Macmillan

4. Goodno, B J., Gere J. M., “Mechanics of Materials”, Cengage Learning

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

PO/

CO

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO11 PO1

2

PSO1 PSO2

CO

1

3 1 - - - - - - 1 1 1 - 3 1

CO

2

3 1 - - - - - - 1 1 1 - 3 1

CO

3

3 1 - - - - - - 1 1 1 - 3 1

CO

4

3 1 - - - - - - 1 1 1 - 3 1

Ave

rag

e

3 1 - - - - - - 1 1 1 - 3 1

Page 115: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

ECEG 2030 Analog and Digital Electronics L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of Engineering Mathematics, Engineering

Physics and Knowledge of Basic Electronics Engineering

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1) To help the students understand the fundamentals of Analog and Digital Electronics.

2) To enable students to understand different configurations of Transistor as an amplifier

using Signal analysis.

3) To empower students with the fundamental concepts of Oscillators and Timer Circuits that

is required to translate a novel engineering idea to reality through Circuit Designing.

4) To expose students for designing of a Combinational and Sequential Circuits.

5) To equip students with necessary engineering skills such as solving engineering problems.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Recognize Amplifiers and Oscillators.

CO2. Analyze operational amplifier circuits.

CO3. Compute problems related to number systems and Boolean algebra

CO4. Identify, analyze and design combinational circuits.

CO5. Design various synchronous and asynchronous sequential circuits.

Catalog Description

A small-signal amplifier accepts low voltage ac inputs and produces amplified outputs. It covers

the design of small-signal amplifier circuits to meet given specifications for voltage gain, load

resistance, supply voltage, frequency response and so on. Negative Feedback is produced by

feeding a portion of an amplifier output back to input, where it behaves as an additional signal.

This results in stabilized amplifier gain, extended bandwidth, reduced distortion, and modified

input and output impedances. Designing of IC op-amp circuits involves determination of suitable

values for the external components. Course exposes students for designing of a Combinational

and Sequential Circuits.

Course Content

Unit I: 7 lecture hours

Transistors Amplifiers

Small signal BJT amplifiers: AC equivalent circuit, hybrid, re model and their use in amplifier

design, Multistage amplifiers, frequency response of basic and compound configuration, Power

amplifiers: Class A, B, AB, C and D stages, IC output stages.

Page 116: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Unit II: 6 lecture hours

Feedback and Oscillators Circuits

Effect of positive and negative feedback amplifiers, basic feedback topologies and their

properties. Analysis of practical feedback amplifiers, Sinusoidal Oscillators (RC, LC AND

Crystal), Multi vibrators, the 555timer.

Unit III: 4 lecture hours

Operational Amplifiers

Basics, practical op-amp circuits, differential and common mode operation, Inverting and Non-

Inverting Amplifiers differential and Cascade amplifier, Op-amp applications

Unit IV: 8 lecture hours

Codes Introduction & Usefulness, Weighted & Non Weighted Codes, Sequential Codes, Self-

Complementing Codes, Cyclic Codes, 8-4-2-1 BCD Code, Excess-3 Code, Gray Code: Binary to

Gray and Gray to Binary Code Conversion, Error Detecting Code, Error Correcting Code, 7-Bit

Hamming Code, ASCII Code, EBCDIC Code. Realization of Boolean Expressions: Reduction of

Boolean Expressions using Laws, Theorems and Axioms of Boolean Algebra, Boolean

Expressions and Logic Diagrams, Converting AND / OR/Invert Logic to NAND / NOR Logic,

SOP and POS Forms and their Realization. Expansion of a Boolean Expression to SOP Form,

Expansion of a Boolean Expression to POS Form, Two, Three & Four Variable K-Map:

Mapping and Minimization of SOP and POS Expressions. Completely and Incompletely

Specified Functions – Concepts of Don’t Care Terms; Quine- Mc Clusky Method.

Unit V: 11 lecture hours

Combinational Circuits Decoder: 3- Line to 8-Line Decoder, 8-4-2-1 BCD to Decimal Decoder, BCD to Seven Segment

Decoder. Encoder: Octal to Binary and Decimal to BCD Encoder. Multiplexer: 2 Input

Multiplexer, 4-Input Multiplexer, 16-Input Multiplexer Demultiplexer:1-Line to 8 Line

Demultiplexer, Half Adder, Full Adder, Half Subtractor, Full Subtractor, Parallel Binary Adder,

Look Ahead Carry Adder, Serial Adder, BCD Adder. Code Converter, Parity Bit Generator /

Checker, Comparator. Decoder: 3- Line to 8-Line Decoder, 8-4-2-1 BCD to Decimal Decoder,

BCD to Seven Segment Decoder. Encoder: Octal to Binary and Decimal to BCD Encoder,

Multiplexer: 2 Input Multiplexer, 4-Input Multiplexer, 16-Input Multiplexer Demultiplexer:1-

Line to 8 Line Demultiplexer.

UNIT VI: 12 Lecture Hours

Sequential circuits

Characteristic Table, Characteristic Equation, Excitation Table, State table and State Diagrams

for SR, JK, Master Slave JK, D and T flip-flops, Conversion from one type of Flip-Flop to

another, Shift Registers: Shift Registers Analysis and Synthesis of Sequential Circuits, PIPO,

SIPO, PISO, SISO, Bi-Directional Shift Registers; Universal Shift Register. Counter:

Asynchronous Counter: Ripple Counters; Design of Asynchronous Counters, Effects of

Page 117: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Propagation Delay in Ripple Counters, Synchronous Counters: 4-Bit Synchronous Up Counter,

4-Bit Synchronous Down Counter, Design of Synchronous Counters, Ring Counter, Johnson

Counter, Pulse Train Generators using Counter, Design of Sequence Generators; Digital Clock

using Counters.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Sedra & Smith, Microelectronic Circuits, Oxford University Press.

2. Milman & Halkias, Integrated Electronics, Mc Graw Hill Company.

3. Balbir Kumar & Shail B. Jain, Electronic devices & Circuits, PHI.

4. R.A. Gayakwad, Op-amps and Linear IC’s, PHI.

5. M Morris Mano and Micael D. Ciletti, Digital Design, Pearson Education, 2008

6. Donald D. Givone, Digital Principles and Design, TMH, 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Rashid, Microelectronic Circuit- Analysis & Design, Cenage Learning.

2. Schilling & Belove, Electronic Circuits: Discrete & Integrated, 3rd Edition, Mc Graw Hill

Company.

3. Malvino, Electronic principles, 6th Edition, McGraw Hill Company.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 3

CO2 2 2 2 1 1 1 3

CO3 2 2 2 1 3

CO4 2 2 1 1 3

CO5 2 3 1 2 3

Average 2 2 2.33 2 1 1 1 2 3

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Page 118: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Course Objectives

1) Students should be able to identify, analyse and evaluate various parameters for

measurement.

2) Students should be able to design, calibrate and troubleshoot various measurement

systems

3) To enable student for developing modelling of various physical system.

4) To enable students transient response analysis of the system behaviour.

5) To enable students frequency response analysis of the system behaviour.

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Describe the different principles and instruments adopted for measurement of current,

voltage, power, energy etc.

CO2. Analyze different methods available for measurement of passive elements i.e. resistance,

inductance & capacitance.

CO3. Apply different methods of representation of systems and their transfer function models.

CO4. Develop knowledge in time response of systems and their steady state error analysis.

CO5. Interpret the concept of stability of control system and methods of stability analysis and to

give basic knowledge in obtaining the open loop and closed–loop frequency responses of

systems.

Catalog Description

ECEG 3011 Instrumentation and Control L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure 1) Basic concepts in electrical & electronics

engineering.

2) Some basic knowledge of mathematics

3) Some preliminary knowledge of electrical and

electronics circuit analysis

Co-requisites --

Page 119: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

The art of measurement plays an important role in all branches of engineering and science. With

the advancement of technology, measurement techniques have also taken rapid strides during

recent years with the introduction of many types of instrumentation devices, innovations,

refinements and altogether new techniques. The object of this course is to familiarize the

students with recent trends in electronic measurements and instrumentation systems used by the

industry. The course content has been framed carefully, dealing with various measurement

devices, and industrial transducers so as to familiarize the students with current industrial

practices. Apart from regular teaching methodologies students are taught using industrial case

studies thereby increasing the exposure to practical system design. After completion of course

students are expected to identify, analyze and design various measurement systems as per the

industrial standards. In this course the focus will be on understanding of control system for

system analysis. Basic understanding of system modelling and design will be discussed in detail

in this course. In addition, the focus will be on transient and frequency response stability and

control technique. State space representation of the system will be discussed. Various control

system component will be discussed and their use on real time various industry will be

explained.

Course Content

Unit I: Static & Dynamic Characteristics of Instruments 4

lectures

Functional elements of a measurement systems, microprocessor based instrumentation, standard

& calibration, errors and uncertainties in performance parameters, impedance loading and

matching, formulation of systems equations, dynamic response, compensation

Unit II: Measurement of Physical System 6 lectures

Resistive, Capacitive, Inductive and piezoelectric transducers and their signal conditioning.

Measurement of displacement, velocity and acceleration (translational and rotational), force,

torque, vibration and shock. Measurement of pressure, flow, temperature and liquid level.

Measurement of pH, conductivity, viscosity and humidity.

Unit III: Mathematical Modeling of Physical system: 8

lectures

Differential equation of physical system. Mechanical system, Translational systems, mechanical

accelerometer, linearization, linear system, gear trains, electrical system, thermal system, fluid

system, pneumatic system

Unit IV: Block Diagram & Signal flow graph 3

lectures

Page 120: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

block diagrammatic description, reduction of block diagrams. Open loop and closed loop

(feedback) systems and stability analysis of these systems. Signal flow graphs and their use in

determining transfer functions of systems

Unit V: Transient Response 4

lectures

Transient and steady state analysis of LTI control systems and frequency response. Tools and

techniques for LTI control system analysis:

Unit VI: Stability of the system 7 lectures

Routh-Hurwitz criterion, root loci, Bode and Nyquist plots. Control system compensators:

elements of lead and lag compensation, elements of Proportional-Integral-Derivative (PID)

control. State variable representation and solution of state equation of LTI control systems.

Text Books

1) S.P. Singh, B.C. Nakra, Theory and Applications of Automatic Controls, New Age

International

Reference Books

1. Sawhney A.K., Electrical and Electronic Measurement and instrumentation, Dhanpat rai and

co ltd.

2. Nagrath and Gopal, Control Systems Engineering

3. Kalsi H.S., Electronic Instrumentation Paperback by H. S. Kalsi, Tata McGraw Hill.

4. Anand Kuma A., Control Systems, 2nd Edition PHI learning Media.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

Page 121: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

PO/

CO

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO11 PO1

2

PSO1 PSO2

CO

1

3 3 1 2

CO

2

3 3 3 1 2

CO

3

3 3 2 2 3 3

CO

4

3 3 2 1 2

CO

5

3 3 2 2

Ave

rag

e

3 3 3 2 2 1.6 2.25

Page 122: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MECH 3004 Fluid Mechanics & Machinery Lab L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 2 1

Pre-requisites/Exposure Fluid mechanics

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To help the students understand the fundamentals and relevance of fluid mechanics in the

broader context of engineering sciences in general, and automotive engineering in particular

2. To enable students to understand fluid properties and apply laws of fluid mechanics and

analyse fluid flows through different configurations along with the measurement of flow

parameters.

3. To empower students with the expertise of experimentation, simulation and the fundamental

concepts that are required to translate a novel engineering idea to reality through dimensional

analysis and similitude.

4. To expose students to a wide variety of research areas and concerns in and around fluid

mechanics such as energy, health etc. across multidisciplinary domains.

5. To equip students with necessary engineering skills such as solving engineering problems in a

professional way, using commercial software packages such as MATLAB for data analysis and

presentation, numerical simulations etc.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1 Understand the objective of the experiment and experimental set-up/procedure

CO2 Compute the results of the experiments based on different process parameters

obtained during the experimentation.

CO3 Analyze the data obtained during experiments of fluid mechanics experiments

.

Catalog Description

Page 123: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Fluid flows are important in many scientific and technological problems including automotive

design, atmospheric and oceanic circulation, renewable energy generation, and energy

production by chemical or nuclear combustion in engines and stars, energy utilization in

vehicles, buildings and industrial processes, and biological processes such as the flow of blood.

The highly multidisciplinary nature of the subject can be gauged from the fact that it is taught

across multiple disciplines ranging from Mechanical, Aerospace, Civil, and Chemical to

Environmental Engineering. The current course covers the fundamental background in the statics

and dynamics of fluids, with a special emphasis on applications of fluid mechanics, as relevant to

engineering sciences in general and automotive engineering in particular. The course begins with

a description of different fluid properties and covers the basic conservation laws of mass,

momentum and energy. The students will learn the fundamental laws of fluid dynamics and then

apply it to two distinct type of flows commonly found in real life: internal

flows and external flows. The students will thus get an adequate exposure to internal flows such

as pipe flows in industry, or external flows viz. flow over an aircraft wing. The student will also

learn the art of engineering approximations, and the fundamental concepts of dimensional

analysis, similitude and experimentation, that are involved in translating a novel idea to a real-

world application. Further, being a rigorous course on problem-solving, it will acquaint students

with engineering problem solving approaches and the effective use of commercial software

packages to answer engineering questions.

List of Experiments

Exp. 1 To verify the Bernoulli’s theorem experimentally CO’s

Exp.2 Viscosity measurement using Stokes theorem CO1-3

Exp. 3 Study the laminar and turbulent flow in pipes in Reynold’s apparatus CO1-3

Exp. 4 Calculated the center of pressure by experiment and comparison with

theoretical value

CO1-3

Exp. 5 Determination of discharge co-efficient for V-notch and rectangular

notch

CO1-3

Exp. 6 To calibrate a Venturimeter and Orifice meter to study the variation of

coefficient of discharge with the Reynolds number.

CO1-3

Exp. 7 To study the variation of friction factor, ‘f’ for turbulent flow in rough

and smooth commercial pipes.

CO1-3

Exp. 8 To determine the minor head loss coefficient for different pipe fittings. CO1-3

Exp 9 To determine the coefficient of discharge Cd, coefficient of velocity Cv CO1-3

Page 124: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

and coefficient of contraction Cc for various types of orifice and

mouthpieces.

Exp

10

To verify Darcy’s law and to find out the coefficient of permeability of

the given medium.

CO1-3

Text Book :

1. Introduction to fluid mechanics and machinery by S K Som ,Gautam Biswas & Chakorbarty

Reference Book:

1. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines by S.C. Gupta

2. Fluid Mechanics by Pijush K. Kundu, Ira M. Cohen and David R. Dowling kohen

3. Fluid mechanics by Frank M. White

Modes of Evaluation: continuous evaluation system

Students will be continuously evaluated based on following 2 stages.

Experiment Evaluation - 50%

viva voce / Quiz - 50%

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O 2

CO1 3 2 - - - - 1 2

CO2 3 2 - - 1 1 2

CO3 2 3 1 2

Aveg 3 2 1 2

Page 125: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MECH 2101 Material Testing lab L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 2 1

Pre-requisites/Exposure Knowledge of mechanics of materials and material science

Co-requisites

Course Objectives

1. Exposure on experimental methods to determine the various mechanical properties of

engineering materials.

2. Exposure on experimental methods for characterization of various ferrous and nonferrous

materials.

3. To gain experience to advanced computerized machines in material testing and material

science lab.

Course Outcomes

CO1

To understand the microstructure of different metals and alloys using Optical

Microscope.

CO2 Determine the tensile strength, shear strength and compressive strength of given test

specimens using Universal Testing Machine.

CO3 Determine by experiment the hardness of the test specimen using Rockwell and Brinell

hardness tests.

CO4 Determine the impact strength of given specimens using Izod and Charpy impact test

methods.

CO5 Evaluate the spring constant and modulus of rigidity for mild steel compression spring

using Spring testing machine.

CO6 Demonstrate ability to work as an effective member of a team or leader

CO7 Make use of professional ethics to carry out laboratory work.

Catalog Description

This lab deals with the testing of various engineering materials under various loadings. Basic

tests like tension, compression, shear, torsion, impact are done to establish the mechanical

properties. Other tests include spring test and hardness tests on different machines. The main

goal is to understand the behavior of materials and the failure criterions. The second phase of the

Page 126: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

lab is focused on material characterization. Various ferrous and non-ferrous materials will be

taken to experiment on microstructure.

List of Experiments

Sl.

No. Experiment

Course Outcome

Addressed

1 To find the hardness of the given specimen using Rockwell Hardness

Machine

CO3

CO6

CO7

2 To find the hardness of the given specimen using Brinell Hardness

Machine

CO3

CO6

CO7

3 To find the Spring Constant and Modulus of Rigidity of a given

spring using Spring Testing Machine.

CO5

CO6

CO7

4 To conduct the Tensile test on a UTM and determine Ultimate

Tensile Stress and percentage elongation for a steel specimen

CO2

CO6

CO7

5 To Conduct the Izod Impact test on Impact testing machine and find

the impact strength and modulus of rupture of a given specimen.

CO4

CO6

CO7

6 To conduct the Charpy Impact test on Impact testing machine and

find the Impact strength of a given specimen.

CO4

CO6

CO7

7 To analyze the performance of given specimen by shear test on

UTM.

CO2

CO6

CO7

8 To conduct the compression test on a UTM and determine the

ultimate compressive strength for a given specimen (C.I, Brick,

wooden)

CO2

CO6

CO7

9 To prepare sample and observe microstructure of given specimens

using optical microscope

CO1

CO6

CO7

Text Books / Reference Books

1. An Introduction to Materials Engineering and Science by Brain S. Mitchel

2. Material Science and Engineering Hand Book by James F Shackelford

Page 127: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

3. Mechanical Behaviour of Materials by Thomas Courteny

4. Strength of Materials by U C Jindal

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Lab will run in continuous evaluation mode

Experiment evaluation 50%

Viva-Voice/Test 50%

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

PO/

CO

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

02

PS

O3

CO1 2 - 1 - - - 1 - 1 1 2 2 - 3 2

CO2 2 - 1 - - 2 - - 1 1 2 2 - 3 3

CO3 2 - 1 - 2 2 1 - - - 2 1 - 3 3

CO4 1 - - - 2 - 1 - - 1 2 1 - 3 3

CO5 3 - 1 - 2 - - - - 1 2 1 - 3 3

CO6 - - - - - - - 3 3 - - - - - -

CO7 - - - - - - - 3 3 - - - - - -

1 = Weakly mapped, 2 = Moderately mapped, 3 = Strongly mapped

Page 128: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Page 129: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MECH 3019 Theory of Machines L T P C

Version 3.0 3 1 2 5

Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Basic Knowledge of laws of Physics.

b. Basic Knowledge of Mathematics.

c. Basic knowledge of Engineering Mechanics.

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To help the students to understand the basic concepts of mechanisms and machines in the

broader context of engineering and use of mechanisms to transmit motion and power.

2. To enable the students to understand the basic concept of friction and its application in

different engineering problems.

3. To empower the students with the expertise of theoretical and practical knowledge of

Gyroscope, Governors and Balancing and their application in industry.

4. To enable the students to apply the knowledge of link motion to solve different

engineering problems.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Understand the kinematics and dynamics of different mechanisms and drives.

CO2. Apply the concepts of position, velocity and acceleration analyses for various

mechanisms.

CO3. Analyze problems related to kinematic behaviour and dynamic behaviour of drives,

mechanisms and machines.

CO4. Evaluate the characteristics of various drives.

Catalog Description

Mechanisms and Machines have considerable fascination for most students of engineering as the

theoretical principles involved have immediate applications to practical problems. The main

objective of this course is to give a clear understanding of the concepts underlying engineering

design. The course involves the kinematics and dynamics of machines. The focus is to empower

the students with the theoretical and practical knowledge of mechanisms and machines to enable

them to solve complex engineering problems.

Course Content

Unit I: Introduction of Mechanisms and Machines 7 lecture hours

Concepts of Kinematics and Dynamics, Mechanisms and Machines, Planar and Spatial

Mechanisms, Kinematic Pairs, Kinematic Chains, Kinematic Diagrams, Kinematic Inversion,

Four bar chain and Slider Crank Mechanisms and their Inversions, Degrees of Freedom,

Mobility and range of movement - Kutzbach and Grubler’s criterion, Number Synthesis,

Grashof’s criterion

Page 130: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Unit II: Synthesis And Analysis Of Mechanisms 7 lecture hours

Position analysis (Analytical Techniques): Loop closure (Vector Loop) representation of

linkages, Position analysis of Four bar, slider crank and inverted slider crank mechanisms,

Coupler curves, Toggle and Limit Position, Transmission angle, Mechanical Advantage.

Dimensional Synthesis: Definitions of Type, Number and Dimensional Synthesis, Definitions

ofMotion, Path and Function generation, precision position, Chebychev spacing, structural error,

Freudenstein’s equation, two and three position synthesis (function generation only) of four bar

and slider crank mechanisms by graphical and analytical methods. Velocity and Acceleration

Analysis: Velocity and Acceleration Diagrams, Instantaneous Centre of Velocity, Rubbing

Velocity, Velocity and Acceleration Images, Corioli’s component of acceleration. Special

Mechanisms: Straight line mechanism, Indicator diagrams, Hooke’s Joint, Steering Mechanisms.

Unit III: Gears and Gear Trains 8 lecture hours

Gears: Terminology, Law of Gearing, Characteristics of involute and cycloidal action,

Interference and undercutting, centre distance variation, minimum number of teeth, contact ratio,

spur, helical, spiral bevel and worm gears, problems. Gear Trains: Synthesis of Simple,

compound & reverted gear trains, Analysis of epicyclic gear trains.

Unit IV: Cams and Followers 6 lecture hours

Introduction: Classification of cams and followers, nomenclature, displacement diagrams of

follower motion, kinematic coefficients of follower motion. Synthesis and Analysis: Determine

of basic dimensions and synthesis of cam profiles using graphical methods, cams with specified

contours.

Unit V: Static & Dynamic Force Analysis 4 lecture hours

Constraints and applied force, equilibrium of two and three force members ,equilibrium of four

force members, Force convention, free body diagram, superposition, principles of superposition,

Principle of virtual work, friction in mechanisms

Unit VI: Dynamic Force Analysis 4 lecture hours

D’alembert Principle, equivalent force inertia force, dynamic analysis of four link mechanism,

dynamic analysis of slider crank mechanism, velocity and acceleration of a piston, dynamically

equivalent system, inertia of connecting rod.

Unit VII: Balancing of Machines 4 lecture hours Static and dynamic balancing, Balancing of several masses in different plane, force balancing of

linkages, secondary balancing, Balancing of in-line Engines, Balancing of V-Engines, Balancing

Machines.

Unit VII: Gyroscope 4 lecture hours Angular velocity, angular acceleration, Gyroscopic effects and Torque (COUPLE), Gyroscopic

effect on Aero planes, Gyroscopic effect on Naval Ships, Stability of an Automobile, Stability of

a two-wheel Vehicle. Rigid disc at an angle fixed to a rotating shaft.

Page 131: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Text Books

1. Rattan, S. S. (2014) “Theory of Machines” Fourth Edition, McGraw Hill Education

(India) Private Limited, New Delhi, ISBN 978-93-5134-347-9, 93-5134-347-2

Reference Books

1. Uicker, J. J., Pennock, G. R. and Shigley, J. E. (2016) “Theory of Machines &

Mechanisms” Fifth Edition, Oxford University Press, ISBN 0190264489,

9780190264482

2. Bevan, T. (2010) “The Theory of Machines” Third Edition, Pearson Education Limited,

ISBN 978-81-317-2965-6.

3. Myszka, D. H. (2012) “Machines and Mechanisms: Applied Kinematic Analysis” Fourth

Edition, Pearson Education International, ISBN 0132729733, 9780132729734

4. Martin, G. H. (2002) “Kinematics and Dynamics of Machines” Second Edition,

Waveland Press Inc., ISBN 1-57766-250-4, 978-1-57766-250-1.

5. Norton, R. L. (2009) “Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery” SIE, Tata McGraw-Hill

Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, ISBN 978-0-07-014480-4, 0-07-014480-X.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Theory of Machines Lab

PO/

CO

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO11 PO1

2

PSO1 PSO2

CO

1

3 3 1 1 1 2

CO

2

3 3 1 1 1 2

CO

3

3 3 1 1 1 2

CO

4

3 3 1 1 1 2

Ave

rag

e

3 3 1 1 1 2

Page 132: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

List of Experiments

1. To plot the follower displacement vs. angle of cam rotation curves for different cam-follower

pairs

2. To study the effect of follower weight, spring compression and cam speed on follower bounce

3. To study the internal type epicyclic gear train and measure the epicyclic gear ratio, input

torque, holding torque and output torque

4. To determine the Coriolis component of acceleration of a slider crank mechanism

5. To calculate the gyroscopic couple of a rotating disc

6. To balance the masses statically and dynamically of a simple rotating mass system

7. To study the working of a Watt governor

8. To study the effect of varying the mass of central sleeve for Porter and Proell governors

9. To study the effect of varying initial spring compression for Hartnell governor

10. To find out the natural frequencies of a free-free beam by modal analysis

Page 133: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

ECEG 2003 Embedded Systems L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Microprocessor & Microcontroller.

Basic Knowledge of Programming Skills

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To help the students understand the fundamentals and relevance of embedded technology

in the broader context of engineering sciences in general, and electronics engineering in

particular

2. To enable students to understand design of embedded systems and apply laws of designing

hardware

3. To empower students with the expertise of experimentation, simulation and the

fundamental concepts that is required to design a complete embedded system.

4. To expose students to a wide variety of research areas and concerns in and around

electronics

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Define the basics of embedded electronics and identify the role of microprocessor in

controlling operations of engine management system.

CO2. Identify the basic elements and function of 8085 microprocessor which includes its

architecture, pin configuration and timing diagram and programming techniques.

CO3. Interface various input and output devices with 8085 microprocessor.

CO4. Summarize the basic elements of microcontrollers which include architecture and pin

configuration.

CO5. Analyze the basic environment of real-time operating system with respect to embedded

systems.

CO6. Interpret various buses used in networked embedded systems.

Catalog Description

Electronics system is the most important subject to understand the concept of hardware and

software designing. In this course, focus will be on understanding the design of embedded

system and its applications. Students will learn the latest and advanced microprocessors used in

industries and try to incorporate in their minor and major projects. Classroom activities will be

designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge

and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will combine traditional lectures with other

active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems,

analysis of video scenes and debates. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course.

Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and to give an oral group

Page 134: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

presentation. Students will be expected to interact with media resources, such as- web sites,

videos, DVDs, and newspapers etc.

Course Content

UNIT I Introduction to Embedded Systems

Classification of Embedded Systems, Characterization and requirements

UNIT II Timing and Clocks in Embedded Systems

Task Modelling and Management, Real time operating system issues

UNIT III Signals

Frequency Spectrum and sampling, Digitization (ADC, DAC), Signal conditioning

Unit IV: Modelling and characterization of embedded computation System

Embedded Control and control Hierarchy, Communication Strategies for Embedded Systems,

Encoding and flow control

Unit V: Fault - Tolerance

Formal Verification

Text Books

1. Frank Vahid/ Tony Givargis, Embedded system design, A unified hardware / software

introduction (2002), Wiley publication. ISBN: 978-81-265-0837-2

Reference Books

1. Jean J. Labrosse, MicroC/OS-II The real time Kernel (2006), CMP Books. ISBN: 1-

57820-103-9

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/ PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO

Page 135: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Embedded Systems Lab

List of Experiments

1. To write 8051 Assembly and C program for performing basic arithmetic operations:

addition, subtraction, multiplication and division on Keil.

2. To write 8051 Assembly and C program for moving block of data stored in one memory

location to other on Keil.

3. To write 8051 Assembly and C program for finding the largest and the smallest number

in an array on Keil.

4. To write 8051 Assembly and C program for generating square wave with frequency 50

kHz using delay subroutine and timers (Mode 1 and Mode 2).

5. To write 8051 Assembly and C program for counter 1 mode 2 displaying counter value

on port P3.

6. To write 8051 Assembly and C program to transfer data serially at a baud rate of 9600

(development board).

7. To write 8051 Assembly and C program to monitor a switch at P3.1 and if it is set, blink

LEDs connected at P2 for 5 sec (development board).

8. To write 8051 Assembly/ C program to interface seven segment with 8051 or PIC

microcontroller (development board).

9. To write 8051 Assembly/C program to interface Hex keypad with 8051 or PIC

microcontroller (development board).

CO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2

CO

1

3 3 3 1 1 - - - 2 - - 3 3 3

CO

2

3 2 3 3 - - - - 2 - - 2 3 3

CO

3

3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 - - 3 3 3

CO

4

2 1 2 2 2 - - - 2 - - 2 2 2

CO

5

3 1 2 2 3 - - - 3 - - 2 1 2

CO

6

3 2 3 3 3 - - - 3 - - 3 3 3

Avg

.

2.8

3

2 2.6

6

2.3

3

2.4 2.5 2.5 2.33 2.33

Page 136: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

10. To write 8051 Assembly/C program to interface IR sensors and ultrasonic sensors with

8051 or PIC microcontroller (development board).

11. To write 8051 Assembly/C program to interface LCD with 8051 or PIC microcontroller

(development board).

12. To write 8051 Assembly/C program to interface ADC with 8051 or PIC microcontroller

(development board).

13. Interface 16X2 LCD with ARM.

14. To design traffic light controller with ARM.

Page 137: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MECH 3001 Design of machine elements L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of physics and mathematics, Basic

knowledge of Engineering Mechanics & Strength of

materials.

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To help the students understand the fundamentals and relevance of Machine Design in the

broader context of engineering sciences in general, and automotive engineering in

particular .

2. To enable students to understand material properties and apply the concepts of engineering

mechanics & strength of material and failure analysis of the machine elements.

3. To empower students with the expertise of experimentation, simulation and the

fundamental concepts those are required to translate a novel engineering idea to reality

through design calculation and failure analysis.

4. To expose students to a wide variety of research areas and concerns in and around machine

design such as power transmission, safety etc. across multidisciplinary domains.

5. To equip students with necessary engineering skills such as solving engineering problems

in a professional way, using commercial software packages such as ANSYS for design

analysis and presentation, numerical simulations etc.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Understand various aspects and considerations in design of machine elements.

CO2. Design for static load & Fluctuating load.

CO3. Design of joints and power screws

CO4. Design of various power transmission elements.

Catalog Description

Machine design occupies a prominent position in the curriculum of Mechanical Engineering. It

consists of applications of scientific principles, technical information and innovative ideas for the

development of a new or improved machine. The task of a machine designer has never been

easy, since he has to consider a number of factors, which are not always compatible with the

present-day technology. In the context of today’s technical and social climate, the designer’s task

has become increasingly difficult. Today’s designer is required to account for many factors and

considerations that are almost impossible for one individual to be thoroughly conversant with. At

the same time, he cannot afford to play a role of something like that of a music director. He must

have a special competence of his own and a reasonable knowledge of other ‘instruments’.

Page 138: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Course Content

Unit I: 10 lecture hours

Introduction to Design process, Design Morphology. General Design Considerations: tearing,

bearing, shearing, crushing, etc. Design procedure, Standards in design, Selection of preferred

sizes, Indian Standards designation of carbon & alloy steels, Mechanical behavior of materials,

selection of materials, manufacturing considerations in design. Stress considerations for variable

and repeated loads, Theory of Failures. Endurance limit, fatigue. Fits and tolerances and surface

finish, Reliability, FOS and cost effectiveness etc.

Unit II: 8 lecture hours

Design of Screws, bolts and bolted joints, Welded and riveted connection, Cotters and cotter

joints, pin fasteners knuckle joints.

Power Screws

Forms of threads, multiple threads, Trapezoidal threads, Stresses in screws, Design of screw

jack.

Unit III: 8 lecture hours

Design of Shafts, keys and flexible couplings

Design of Shafts as per ASME code, Cause of failure in shafts, Materials for shaft, Stresses in

shafts, Design of shafts subjected to twisting moment, bending moment and combined twisting

and bending moments, Shafts subjected to fatigue loads, Design for rigidity

Types of keys, splines, Selection of square & flat keys, Strength of sunk key,

Couplings- rigid and flexible

Unit IV: 8 lecture hours

Spur & Helical Gear Design:

Spur Gears:- Introduction, Standard Proportions of Gear Systems, Gear Materials, various design

considerations, Beam Strength of gear teeth- Lewis Equation, tangential loading, module

Calculations, width calculations, Dynamic tooth loads, Spott’s Equation, types of gear tooth

failures, Spur Gear construction, Design of shaft for Spur Gears, Design of arms for Spur Gears.

Helical Gears:- Introduction, Terms used in Helical Gears, Face width of Helical Gear Formative

no. of teeth and minimum no. of teeth to avoid interference and undercutting, Proportion of the

Helical Gears, Strength of Helical Gears, Design of Helical Gears.

Unit V: 8 lecture hours

Bearing Selection & Design:

Rolling Contact Bearings: Types, Static and Dynamic load Capacity, Stribeck’s Equation,

Concept of equivalent load, Load life Relationship, Selection of bearing from Manufacturer’s

Catalogue, Design for variable loads and Speeds, Bearings with Probability of Survival other

than 90%, Lubrication and Mounting of bearings, oil Seals and packing used for bearings.

Hydro-static & Hydrodynamics bearing design

Text Books

1. Bhandari V.B., Design of machine elements TMH 2010.

2. Sharma P.C. and Agarwal D.K., Machine Design, S.K. Kataria & Sons

Page 139: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

3. Design data hand book by Mahadevan

Reference Books

1. Maitra M. Gitim, Handbook of gear design, TMH 1994

2. Drago J. Remond and Butterworths, Fundamental of gear design, 1988

3. Harnoy Avraham, Bearing design in machinery- engineering tribology, CRC press 2002

4. PSG design data handbook

5. Khonsari and BooserApplied Tribology: Bearing Design and Lubrication, John Wiley

and sons

6. Mancuso, Jon R., Couplings and Joints: Design, Selection & Application, CRC Press

7. Piotrowski John, Shaft Alignment Handbook, Third Edition, 2006

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

PO/

CO

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO11 PO1

2

PSO1 PSO2

CO

1

3 2 2 2 1 - - - 1 1 1 3

CO

2

3 2 2 2 1 - - - 1 1 1 3

CO

3

3 2 2 2 1 - - - 1 1 1 3

CO

4

3 2 3 2 1 - - - 1 1 1 3

Ave

rag

e

3 2 2.2

5

2 1 1 1 1 3

Page 140: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

ECEG 3001 Robotics and Control L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Knowledge of Mechanics

b. Knowledge of Instrumentation and Control

c. Knowledge of Mathematics

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To make students understand how does a serial robot works

2. To make students learn how to design a serial robot for a given task

3. To make students understand the societal impacts of robotic technology

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Understand the fundamentals of robotics.

CO2. Apply the mechanics of serial manipulator.

CO3. Plan the trajectory of a serial manipulator.

CO4. Design the position and force control techniques for a serial manipulator.

Catalog Description

Robots are very powerful elements of today’s industry. They are also used in space missions,

nuclear reactors and medical field. They are capable of performing many different tasks and

operations, are accurate, and do not require common safety and comfort elements humans need.

Like humans, robots can do certain things, but not others. The subject of robotics covers many

different areas. After going through this course, students will be able to do the kinematic and

dynamic analyses of serial robots, do the trajectory planning and learn the various types of

control strategies.

Course Content

Unit I: 4 lecture hours

Introduction to robotics: Evolution of Robots and Robotics, Progressive advancement in Robots,

Robot component , Robot Anatomy, Robot Degree of Freedom, Robot Joints, Robot Co-

ordinates, Robot Reference frames, Programing Modes, Robot characteristics, Robot Workspace,

Robot Applications.

Unit II: 8 lecture hours

Kinematics of robots- Position analysis: Robot as Mechanism, Conventions, Matrix

representation, Homogeneous Transformation, Representation of transformation, Inverse of

Transformation, Forward and Inverse Kinematic of Robots, Forward and Inverse kinematics

equations: position and orientation, Roll, Pitch ,Yaw Angles, Euler Angles, Articulated Joints,

Denavit Hartenberg Representation of forward kinematics, Inverse Kinematic Programming of

Robot, Degeneracy and Dexterity

Page 141: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Unit III: 4 lecture hours

Differential motions and velocities: Differential relationship, Jacobian, Differential versus large

scale motions, Differential motions of a frame versus a Robot, Differential motion of a frame

about Reference axes, General axis, Frame, Interpretation of the differential change, Differential

Change between frames, Calculation of the Jacobian, Inverse Jacobian

Unit IV: 10 lecture hours

Dynamic analysis of robot: Lagrangian Mechanics, Effective moment inertia, Dynamic Equation

for multiple degree of freedom robots, Static force analysis of Robots, Transformation of forces

and moments between coordinates frames

Unit V: 6 lecture hours

Trajectory planning: Path versus Trajectory, Joint space versus Cartesian space Descriptions,

Basics of trajectory Planning, Joint space trajectory, Cartesian space Trajectories, Continuous

trajectory.

Unit VI: 16 lecture hours

Control of manipulators: Open and closed loop control, Linear control schemes. Model of

manipulator joint, Joint actuator, Partitioned PD control Schemes, PID control schemes,

Computed Torque Control, Force control of Robotics Manipulators tasks, Force control strategy,

Hybrid Position/ Force control , Impedance force /Torque control.

Text Books

a. Niku Saeed B., Introduction to Robotics, John Wiley & Sons

b. Mittal R.K. and Nagrath I.J., Robotics and Control, McGraw Hill Education

Reference Books

1. Saha S.K., Introduction to Robotics, McGraw Hill Education

2. Craig John J., Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control, Pearson

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

CO1 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 3

Page 142: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

CO2 3 3 3 2 1 1 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 1 3

CO4 3 3 3 2 1 1 3

Avera

ge

3 3 3 2 1 2 1 3

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Page 143: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Program Elective I

MEPD 3010 Manufacturing Technology L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Workshop Technology &

Basic Knowledge of Mathematics.

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To impart the knowledge about principles/methods of casting with detail design of gating/riser

system needed for casting, defects in cast objects and requirements for achieving sound casting.

2. To learn the basic principles and methods utilized in the joining and welding technology of

engineering materials.

3. To learn about the design of parts, tolerances and fits.

4. To familiarize the student with tool nomenclature and cutting forces.

5. To impart knowledge on tool materials, tool life and tool wear.

6. To demonstrate the fundamentals of machining processes and machine tools.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Identify various types of manufacturing processes.

CO2. Understand principles of different manufacturing processes such as metal casting, welding,

machining etc.

CO3. Solve problems related to gating system design, metal cutting, welding process parameters,

limits, fits and tolerances.

CO4. Analyze various machining processes, machine tools, metal cutting and casting processes.

Catalog Description

Manufacturing Technology is a subject of importance for not only students of Mechanical

engineering but also for Automotive Design Engineering & Mechatronics Engineering. The

importance of the subject for the mechatronics engineer lies in the fact that whenever the student

is trying to attempt the designing of any mechatronic system, then the basic idea of the material

& manufacturing process required for the fabrication of various components should be known in

advance.

The subject of manufacturing technology is very vast and includes various types of machines

tools required to manufacture finished products which range from simple hand-held tools, lathe

Page 144: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

machines, grinders, milling machines to highly versatile and complicated computerized

numerical control or CNC machines and so forth. Of course it also involves several different

techniques of manufacturing which can be a subject matter of different details discussion and

some of these include casting, forging, alloying, welding, soldering, brazing etc. Each of these

techniques has their own advantages and limitations and is a specialized field of knowledge in

their own right.

The current course covers the processes of theory of metal cutting, casting, welding and use of

various machine tools.

After studying this subject, students will get a comprehensive insight into various manufacturing

technologies that enable them to select, control and improve processes that impact productivity

and quality.

Course Content

Unit I: 5

lecture hours

Introduction to Foundry. Sequence of steps in casting. Types of patterns and allowances, types

and properties of moulding sand, Elements of mould and design consideration, Gating, Risers,

Runners and core, Solidification of casting, sand casting, defects, remedies and inspection, Die

casting and centrifugal casting, Investment casting, CO2 casting, shell moulding, continuous

casting squeeze casting. Melting furnaces.

Unit II: 7 lecture

hours

Gas welding and cutting, process and equipment, Arc welding: Power source and consumables,

TIG/MIG processes and their parameters, Resistance welding-seam, spot and projection welding

etc. , other welding processes, atomic hydrogen, submerged arc, electro slag, friction welding ,

EBW & LBW; soldering and brazing, welding of special materials- stainless steel , Al etc.,

weldability of CI, steel, SS, Al alloys.

Unit III: 8 lecture

hours

Introduction: Material removal processes, Types of machine tool-Theory of metal cutting: chip

formation, orthogonal v/s oblique cutting , cutting tool materials, tool wear, tool life, surface

finish, cutting fluids.

Unit IV: 5 lecture

hours

Shaping & Planing, turning, Drilling & related operations, Milling & miscellaneous multi point

machining operations.

Page 145: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Unit V: 10 lecture hours

Introduction; Terminology in limits & fits. Hole & shaft basis system; Different types of fits.

Interchangeability & selective assembly. Design of gauges. Measurement through comparators,

screw thread measurement, gear measurement & CMM.

Text Book

Manufacturing Technology by PN Rao, Vol.1 & Vol. 2

Reference Book

Manufacturing science by Ghosh & Mallik

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 2 2 1 2 1 - - - - 1 1 1 1

CO2 2 1 3 1 - 2 - - - - 2 1 1

CO3 2 2 2 1 1 - 1 2 2 1

CO4 1 1 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 1 -

Avera

ge

1.7

5

1.5 1.7

5

1.3

3

1 2 1 1 1 1.5 1.25 1

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Page 146: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

CSEG 3019 Data Structures and Algorithms L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Programming for Problem Solving

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

After studying this course, students will be able to

1. Address and solve complex broadly‐defined engineering problems related to their discipline

and

field of specialization

2. Work as team members, show leadership, and communicate technical concepts and ideas

effectively

3. Manifest a high level of professional integrity, and make ethical decisions that will have a

positive impact on the organization and society

4. Embrace and practice lifelong learning, continue personal growth, and professional self

improvement.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Formulate and apply object‐oriented programming, using C++, as a modern tool to solve

engineering problems.

CO2. Demonstrate an understanding of basic data structures (such as an array‐based list, linked

list, stack, queue, binary search tree) and algorithms.

CO3. Demonstrate the ability to analyze, design, apply and use data structures and algorithms to

solve engineering problems and evaluate their solutions.

CO4. Demonstrate an understanding of analysis of algorithms. Study an algorithm or program

code segment that contains iterative constructs and analyze the asymptotic time complexity of

the algorithm or code segment.

Catalog Description

Data structures include: arrays, linked lists, binary trees, heaps, and hash tables. Students

develop knowledge of applications of data structures including the ability to implement

algorithms for the creation, insertion, deletion, searching, and sorting of each data structure.

Course Content

UNIT I: 2 lectures

Page 147: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Data Types. Abstraction. Data abstraction and Abstract Data Types (ADTs). Review of C++

classes

UNIT II: 5 lectures

Friend functions. Operator overloading. Exception handling. Memory allocation and

deallocation. bad_alloc exception. Encapsulation. Inheritance. Polymorphism. Virtual functions.

Templates. Function and class templates. Programming using class and function

templates. Standard Template Library (STL). Components of STL.

UNIT III: 5 lectures

Basic data structures. Arrays. Static arrays and Dynamic arrays. Explore how a generic Vector

container is used to manipulate data. List ADT. Implementation using arrays (static and

dynamic). Basic operations on a List, Linked-List. Singly linked-lists. Implementation using

pointers. Basic Operations

UNIT IV: 8 lectures

Stacks and Queues. Behavior of a Stack. Basic operations on a Stack. Array-based stacks.

Linked-list based implementation. Expression evaluation using a stack. Queues. Behavior of a

queue. Basic queue operations Study implementations using an array and a linked-list.

UNIT V: 8 lectures

Tree data structure. Binary and nonbinary trees. Structure of a binary tree. Definitions and

properties. Traversing a binary tree. Study binary tree implementation, Binary Search Tree

(BST). Organizing data in a BST. Inserting and deleting items in a BST. Traversing a BST. Non-

binary (General) tree. General tree traversal.

UNIT VI: 10 lectures

Algorithm analysis. What to analyze. Analysis techniques. Efficiency of algorithms. Comparing

efficiency of various algorithms, Searching and Hashing algorithms. Search algorithms –

Sequential Search, Ordered lists, binary search. Searching using Hashing. Hash tables. Hash

functions. Some examples of hash functions. Collision resolution. Sorting algorithms. Sorting an

array of elements. Study various algorithms and their efficiency.

Text Books

a. Weiss, Mark A. Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++. 4th Edition.

Reference Books

a. Malik, D S. Data Structures in C++, 2nd Edition, Cengage Learning

Page 148: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 2 - - - 2 3

CO2 2 3 2

CO3 2 2 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 - 2 3

Avera

ge

2 2 2 2 2.25 2.5

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Page 149: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

ECEG 4006 Analog & Digital Communication L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0

Pre-requisites/Exposure Analog & Digital Electronics

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To understand the basic structures and fundamental principles of analog and digital

communication systems

2. To learn the commonly used techniques of modulation, bandwidth and power associated with

it.

3. To understand the concepts and working of MODEM

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Analyse the Essence of Amplitude Modulation Techniques.

CO2. Analyse the Essence of Frequency Modulation Techniques.

CO3. Analyse and Utility of Different Digital Transmission and Line Coding.

CO4. Design aspect and working feasibility of Digital MODEM.

Catalog Description

In this course, students receive an introduction to the principles, performance and applications of

electronic communication systems. The primary course goal of the course is the understanding

the concepts and application of analog and digital modulation techniques. Students would

examine various types of amplitude modulation/demodulation systems, angular

modulation/demodulation systems and digital modulation/demodulation systems with their

specific applications. The course also covers the sub-topics such as sampling, quantization and

various types of line encoding. Emphasis would be given on the power and the bandwidth

analysis of all techniques.

Course Content

Unit I: 9 lecture hours

Amplitude modulation: Introduction, Amplitude modulation, Double Sideband-Suppressed

Carrier modulation, Quadrature-Carrier Multiplexing, Single-Sideband and Vestigial-Sideband

Methods of modulation, VSB Transmission of Analog and Digital Television, Frequency

Translation, Frequency- Division Multiplexing.

Unit II: 9 lecture hours

Page 150: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Phase and frequency modulation: Introduction, Basic Definitions, Frequency Modulation, Phase-

Locked Loop, FM transmitter and receiver, Nonlinear Effects in FM Systems, The Super-

heterodyne Receiver.

Noise in Analog Modulation: Introduction, Receiver Model, Noise Temperature, Noise

Bandwidth, Niose figure, Noise Figure of Cascade. Figure of Merit of AM and FM

Unit III: 8 lecture hours

Digital modulation: Introduction, Digitization of Analog Sources, The Sampling Process, Pulse-

Amplitude Modulation, Pulse- Position Modulation, Pulse Width Modulation, Time-Division

Multiplexing, The Quantization Process, Pulse-Code Modulation, Delta Modulation. SQR of

PCM and DM

Unit IV: 10 lecture hours

Band pass transmission of digital signals: Fundamentals of Binary ASK, PSK and FSK,

generation and detection of BASK, BPSK and BFSK; Fundamentals of QPSK and DPSK,

generation and detection of QPSK and DPSK, generation and detection of QPSK and DPSK,

Error Probability of Various digital modulation Technique.

Text Books

1. Taub, Schilling, Guha (2013) Principle of Communication Systems. McGraw Hill

Publication. ISBN: 9781259029851.

2. Chittode J.S. (2014) Analog & Digital Communication, Technical Publications India,

ISBN: 9788184311181.

Reference Books

1. Tomasi W. (2010) electronic Communication Systems: Fundamentals through Advanced,

Pearson India. ISBN: 978813171934.

2. Coolen R.E. (2006) Electronic Communication. McGraw Hill Publication. ISBN:

9780471647355.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

Page 151: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 2 - - - 2 3

CO2 2 3 2

CO3 2 2 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 - 2 3

Avera

ge

2 2 2 2 2.25 2.5

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Page 152: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MECH 3019 Theory of Machines Lab L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 2 1

Pre-requisites/Exposure

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

To develop a solution oriented approach by in depth knowledge of Theory of Machines

To address the underlying concepts, methods and application of different machines

Course Outcomes

CO1. Understand the kinematics and dynamics of different mechanisms and drives.

CO2. Analyze the kinematic behaviour and dynamic behaviour of drives, mechanisms and

machines.

CO3. Evaluate the performance characteristics of various drives.

Catalog Description

Mechanisms and Machines have considerable fascination for most students of engineering as the

theoretical principles involved have immediate applications to practical problems. The main

objective of this course is to give a clear understanding of the concepts underlying engineering

design. The course involves the kinematics and dynamics of machines. The focus is to empower

the students with the practical knowledge of mechanisms and machines. This course will help

students understand and appreciate how the mechanisms function to yield desired outputs.

List of Experiments

1. To plot the follower displacement vs. angle of cam rotation curves for different cam-follower

pairs

2. To study the effect of follower weight, spring compression and cam speed on follower bounce

3. To study the internal type epicyclic gear train and measure the epicyclic gear ratio, input

torque, holding torque and output torque

4. To determine the Coriolis component of acceleration of a slider crank mechanism

Page 153: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

5. To calculate the gyroscopic couple of a rotating disc

6. To study the internal type epicyclic gear train and measure the epicyclic gear ratio, input

torque, holding torque and output torque

7. To study the working of a Watt governor

8. To study the effect of varying the mass of central sleeve for Porter and Proell governors

9. To study the effect of varying initial spring compression for Hartnell governor

10. To perform the static and dynamic balancing of rotating masses

11. To find out the natural frequencies of a free-free beam by modal analysis

Text Books / Reference Books

1. Theory of Machines by S.S. Rattan., Tata McGraw Hill.

2. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms by J.Uicker, Gordon R Penstock & J.E. Shigley Oxford

International Edition.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Students will be evaluated based on the following 2 stages.

Day to day evaluation - 50%

Viva – voce & Quiz - 50%

c. General Discipline: Marks will be awarded on the basis of student’s regularity, punctuality,

sincerity and behavior in the class.

d. Grading: The overall marks obtained at the end of the semester comprising the above two

mentioned shall be converted to a grade.

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 - 1

CO2 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 - 1

CO3 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 - 1

Avera

ge

3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 1

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

Page 154: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

ECEG 2003 Embedded Systems Lab L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 2 1

Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Basic Knowledge of Microprocessor & Microcontroller

b. Basic Knowledge of Programming Skills

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To have knowledge about the basic working of a microcontroller system and its programming

in assembly language.

2. To provide experience to integrate hardware and software for microcontroller applications

systems.

Catalog Description

In this laboratory, the fundamentals of embedded system hardware will be explored. Students

will work on 8051 micro-controller and learn how to run basic hardware like LCD, DC motor,

LED etc.

Course Outcomes

CO1. Understand the basic input/output ports and standard operating procedure of Keil/ Flash

Magic for 8051 universal development board.

CO2. Analyze the output of basic programs using universal 8051 development board.

CO3. Interface advanced I/O modules with universal 8051 development board.

List of Experiments

Sl.

No. Experiment

Contents

Course

Outcome

Addressed

1 Experiment –

1

To interface LED with 8051 Micro controller to

display patterns such as LED ON OFF, convergence,

Divergence.

2 Experiment –

2

To interface LED with 8051 Micro controller to

display patterns such as Right Shift, Left Shift, LED

Rotate, etc.

3 Experiment –

3

To Write a Program for interfacing push-button

switches with 8051 Micro controller.

4 Experiment –

4

To Interface Seven Segment Display with 8051 Micro

controller and to display numbers from 0000 to 9999

Page 155: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

5 Experiment –

5

To interface 16 X 2 LCD and to write a program to

display different Words.

6 Experiment –

6

To interface and control a Relay and buzzer using

8051Micro controller and to study its operation.

7 Experiment –

7

To interface a stepper motor with 8051Micro

controller and to rotate in clockwise and anticlockwise

direction.

8 Experiment –

8

To Interface a DC motor with 8051Micro controller

and to rotate clockwise and anti-clockwise direction.

9 Experiment –

9

To interface switch and to write a program read a

switch from a port and update LED’s.

10 Experiment –

10

To write a program for analog to digital convertor.

Text Book

1. Mazidi, M. A., Mazidi, J. G., & Mckinlay, R. D. (2000). The 8051 microcontroller and

embedded systems. New Delhi.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Students will be evaluated based on the following 2 stages.

Day to day evaluation - 50%

Viva – voce & Quiz - 50%

a. General Discipline: Marks will be awarded on the basis of student’s regularity, punctuality,

sincerity and behavior in the class.

b. Grading: The overall marks obtained at the end of the semester comprising the above two

mentioned shall be converted to a grade.

Table: Correlation of POs and PSOs v/s COs

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO8 PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

CO1 3 3 2 1 3 1 1 1 3 2 1 3 3 2

CO2 3 3 2 1 3 1 1 1 3 2 1 3 3 2

Page 156: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

1. WEAK 2. MODERATE 3. STRONG

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 2 1 3 3 2

Avg. 3 3 2 2 3 2 1 1 3 2 1 3 3 2

Page 157: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

ECEG 3001 Robotics and Control Lab L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 2 1

Pre-requisites/Exposure

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

To develop a solution oriented approach by in depth knowledge of Robotics

To address the concepts, methods and application of Controls in Robotics

Course Outcomes

CO1. Understand the kinematics and dynamics of robots

CO2. Analyze the trajectory of robots to perform the required task

CO3. Apply the control techniques in the field of robotics

Catalog Description

Robots are very powerful elements of today’s industry. They are also used in space missions,

nuclear reactors and medical field. They are capable of performing many different tasks and

operations, are accurate, and do not require common safety and comfort elements humans need.

Like humans, robots can do certain things, but not others. The subject of robotics covers many

different areas. After going through this course, students will be able to do the kinematic and

dynamic analyses of serial robots, do the trajectory planning and learn the various types of

control strategies.

List of Experiments

1. To find work volumes of serial robots: In this experiment, students will find the work

volumes of some standard robots like Cartesian, cylindrical, polar, articulated and

SCARA using softwares- MATLAB and RoboAnalyzer.

2. To perform forward kinematics of a serial robot: In this experiment, students will first

find the DH parameters of a serial robot and then verify the position of end –effector thus

obtained experimentally. Softwares to be used- MATLAB, RoboAnalyzer

Page 158: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

3. To perform inverse kinematics of a serial robot: In this experiment, students will

obtain the kinematically possible joint angles for a serial robot for the given position of

end-effector using MATLAB and RoboAnalyzer.

4. To understand the concept of differential motions and velocities through Jacobians:

In this experiment, students will learn about differential motions of the joints. Here they

will be able to understand about the concepts of singularity and redundancy in robots.

Softwares to be used- MATLAB.

5. To control the joint movements of a serial robot using different linear and nonlinear

control schemes: In this experiment, students will be asked to apply control schemes-

linear control scheme, computed torque control, robust control and adaptive control

scheme for joint motion control of a serial robot. This experiment will be done in two

ways. Firstly, students will perform simulation using MATLAB and then they will

perform experimentation using hardware. During experimentation they will adjust the

control gains and check the performance of the robot.

6. To control joint movements of a serial robot using soft computing techniques: Here,

students will use soft computing techniques like fuzzy logic or neural network or genetic

algorithm for joint motion control of the serial robot. Software to be used: MATLAB.

7. To perform haptic control of a serial robot: This experiment will require some

advance hardware where students will perform experiment on haptics.

8. To perform trajectory planning of robotic arm using continuous path and point-to-

point trajectory planning methods: This experiment will be done in two stages. In the

first stage, students will perform this experiment using MATLAB. They will check the

performance of the robot using different types of trajectories. In the second stage, they

will perform experiment on an actual hardware.

9. To prepare an analytical and a working model of a serial robotic arm having two or

more degrees of freedom: In this experiment, students will be asked to prepare an

analytical model of a serial robot. They will analyze this model using MATLAB. Here,

they will perform all the above experiments for the robot they have modelled. After this,

students will repeat the same activity on the actual hardware prepared by them. This

experiment will continue besides other experiments as preparation of hardware is

involved. The duration of completion will be the whole semester.

10. To perform pick and place operations through variable programmed motions using

either programming concepts or through teach pendant: This can be done on actual

hardware. For this new hardware may be required.

11. To understand the role of AI in working of serial robots*

12. To understand the use of machine vision in robotics*

*These experiments can be included only for advanced robotics in future. Proper hardware will

be required. At present, MATLAB toolboxes can be used.

Page 159: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Text Books / Reference Books

1. Introduction to Robotics by S.K. Saha., Tata McGraw Hill.

2. Robotics and Control by Mittal and Nagrath, Tata McGraw Hill.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Students will be evaluated based on the following 2 stages.

Day to day evaluation - 50%

Viva – voce & Quiz - 50%

c. General Discipline: Marks will be awarded on the basis of student’s regularity, punctuality,

sincerity and behavior in the class.

d. Grading: The overall marks obtained at the end of the semester comprising the above two

mentioned shall be converted to a grade.

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 3 3

CO3 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 3 3

Avera

ge

3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

PROJ 3110 Minor Project -1 L T P C

Version 1.0 1 0 0 1

Pre-requisites/Exposure

Page 160: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Co-requisites

Course Objectives:

This assignment aims for developing the solving ability in students. The objectives of the

project are to explore, formularize, conceptualization of idea floated by him and / or

faculty and finally do the results analysis with conclusion and future scope. The project

should be carried out at University. In case the project requires outside support/dwelling

in any R&D Organization / Industry, a prior permission regarding the same must be

obtained from the concern authority of the university. The project is divided into both the

semesters and termed as Project I and Project II.

Course Outcomes:

CO1: Explain the proposed topic and idea

CO2: Explain the objectives of the projects

CO3: Demonstrate methodology to achieve the objectives

CO4: Apply the professional ethics involved in projects

CO5: Illustrate presentation skills and report

CO6: Demonstrate ability to work effectively in a team and leadership skills

Catalog Description

Project 1: In this part, the student should develop the project by defining the objectives,

literature review and making detailed methodology. At the end of the semester, the student is

expected to submit a report containing objectives literature status, and proposed solution

(annexure I-IV).

Project 2: This will normally be in continuation of Project I. The student is expected to work on

the objective in depth and come out with specific conclusions. The Final Report will be

evaluated as per the rubrics (refer annexure- V to VIII).

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components MID END Total

Page 161: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Mentor

Evaluation

Panel

Evaluation

Mentor

Evaluation

Panel

Evaluation 100 %

Weightage 25% 25% 25% 25%

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

PO/CO

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

CO1 1 2 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1 3 2 - 1

CO2 2 3 1 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 - -

CO3 1 2 - 2 1 - - - - 1 1 1 1 1

CO4 - - - - 1 1 1 3 1 3 1 - - -

CO5 - - - - - - - - 1 3 2 - - -

CO6 - - - - - - - - 3 2 3 - - -

Average 1.3 2.3 1 1.5 1 1 1 3 1.5 1.8 1.8 1.3 1 1

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

Page 162: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Page 163: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

ECEG 3028 Program Logic Controller & HMI L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 3 4.5

Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Basic electronics and electrical

Co-requisites

Course Objectives

1. To recognize industrial control problems suitable for PLC control, conceptualizing

solutions to those problems,

2. Use modern programming software to develop, enter, and debug programs to solve above

problems

3. To install PLC units, interface them with I/O channels and standard data networks

4. To troubleshoot I/O and networking problems to produce functional control systems.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Explain different PLC and its application in automation Industry.

CO2. Formulate ladder logic programming technique for PLC.

CO3. Analyze concepts Data Acquisition system and its importance.

CO4. Design a simple process control of automation industry.

CO5. Design different sequential control system using PLC.

Catalog Description

Introduces Programmable Logic Controller programming. Includes PLC components,

architecture, execution cycle, data file type and management, variable monitoring, and basic

programming instructions.

Course Content

Unit I: 4 lecture hours

Basic of automation: Need of automation , Benefits of automation , Programmable Logic

Controller (PLC) Overview, Introduction ,PLC History ,PLC in Industrial Automation , PLC

architecture , Ladder Logic and Relays Application areas – Process industries, Buildings,

Robotics, Infrastructure, Aerospace, Railways, Automobiles, Telecom, Electrical distribution,

Medical

Unit II: 10 lecture hours

Page 164: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

PLC: Block Diagram & Principle of Working , PLC Classification based on Type and size , PLC

characteristics – CPU, Racks, Power Supply, Memory, Input & Output Modules, Application

Specific Modules, Speed of Execution, Communication, and Redundancy.

Unit III: 15 lecture hours

PLC hardware: PLC Inputs and Outputs Types , Source and Sink Concept , Description and

Function of various PLC Modules- I/O Modules and Communication Modules ,PLC Hardware

Configuration , Addressing of PLC I/O , Diagnostic Features , PLC Wiring , Interfacing with

Sensors and Actuators

Unit IV: 10 lecture hours

PLC programming: Definition and Use of Bits and Words ,Introduction to PLC Programming

Languages- Ladder (LD), Instruction List (IL), Structured Text (ST), Functional Block Diagram

(FBD), Sequential function charts (SFCs) , PLC Programming Software, its installation and use

with a PC , Ladder Program Development with Software , Instruction Set in Ladder – NO, NC,

Set, Reset, Timers, Counters, Comparison, Arithmetic, Logical, Move, Drum Controller ,

Programming Examples in Ladder with simple applications , PLC Instructions ,Data Transfer

Instruction , Arithmetic Instructions , Data Comparison Instructions , Data Manipulation

Instructions ,Timer Instructions , Counter Instructions , Program Control Instructions , Pulse

Instruction , PID Instruction , Different Programming Techniques , Trouble shooting PLC.

Unit V: 9 lecture hours

HMI & SCADA: Local Operator Panels & Need for HMI , Types and Characteristics of Local

HMI operator panels , Introduction to Programming of HMI Panels , Interface between HMI

Panels and PLC , Functions of HMI and SCADA , Creating static & dynamic objects with

animation , Alarm management , Real time & historical trends ,Recipe Management , Data base

Configuration , Definition of SCADA , Functional Block Diagram. , Communication between

PLC and SCADA, SCADA Applications, Communication Standards.

Text Books

1. Kevin Collins, PLC Programming for Industrial Automation, by

2. Starr Brian, Basics of Industrial Automation, by Brian Starr

3. Fiset Yves, Human-Machine Interface Design for Process Control Applications

Reference Books

3. Hackworth John R., Programmable Logic Controllers: Programming Methods and

Applications

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Page 165: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

PO/

CO

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO11 PO1

2

PSO1 PSO2

CO

1

1 1 3 3 3 2 3 1

CO

2

1 1 3 3 3 1

CO

3

2 1 3 3 3 1

CO

4

2 1 3 3 3 1

CO

5

2 1 3 3 3 1

Ave

rag

e

1.6 1 3 3 3 2 3 1

Page 166: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MECH 3021 Hydraulics & Pneumatics L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 3 4.5

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of Engineering Subject

Co-requisites Fluid Mechanics & Machinery

Course Objectives

1. Draw symbols used in hydraulic systems.

2. Operate different types of valves used in hydraulic systems

3. Classify the valves used in hydraulic systems.

4. Develop efficient hydraulic circuits.

5. Maintain the pneumatic and hydraulic system

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Describe the principles and construction of hydraulic systems

CO2. Describe the principles and construction of pneumatic systems

CO3. Explain how hydraulic systems are used for steering gears

CO4. Identify the various types of steering systems

CO5. Evaluate hydraulic systems and assign to the proper ship board applications

Catalog Description

This course provides the student with a comprehensive grounding in the basic principles;

construction and operation of hydraulic and pneumatic equipment as used in shipboard

applications such as controllable pitch propellers, mooring winches, start air systems, industrial

automation etc.

Course Content

Unit I: Introduction to fluid power 2 lecture hours

Definition & Terminology, history of fluid power, advantage of fluid power, application of fluid

power, components of fluid power, viscosity index, Pascal’s law, application of Pascal’s law,

hydroforming of metal components

Unit II: Hydraulic pump 6 lecture hours

Classification of pump, pumping theory ,pump classification, gear pump, vane pumps, piston

pump, analysis of volumetric displacement, pump performances, pump noise, pump cavitation,

pump selection

Unit III: Hydraulic cylinders 6 lecture

hours

Page 167: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Hydraulic cylinder operating features, cylinder mounting and mechanical linkages, cylinder

force, velocity, and power, special cylinders design, cylinder loading through mechanical

linkages, hydraulic cylinder cushions

Unit IV: Hydraulic motor 6 lecture hours

Limited rotation hydraulic motors, Gera motors, vane motors, piston motors, hydraulic motor

theoretical torque, power, flow rate, hydraulic motor performance, hydrostatic transmission

Unit V: Hydraulic valves 8 lecture hours

Directional control valves, check valves, pilot operated check valve, three way valve, four way

valves manually actuated valve, pilot actuated valve, solenoid actuated valves, pressure control

valves, pressure relief valves, compound pressure relief valves, pressure reducing valve,

unloading valves, sequence valve, flow control valves, needle valve, on-pressure compensated

valve, pressure compensated valve, servo valves, electrohydraulic servo valves, proportional

control valves, cartridge valve, hydraulic fuses.

Unit VI: Hydraulic circuit design and analysis 10 lecture hours

Definition of hydraulic circuit, single acting & double acting hydraulic cylinder circuit,

regenerative cylinder circuit, drilling machine application, pump unloading circuit, double pump

hydraulic system, counter valve application, hydraulic cylinder sequencing circuits, automatic

cylinder reciprocating system, locked cylinder using pilot check valves, cylinder synchronizing

circuits, fail safe circuit, speed control of a hydraulic cylinder, speed control of a hydraulic motor

,accumulators

Unit VII: Preparation and components 5 lecture hours Compressed air, properties of air, absolute pressure and temperature, compressors, piston

compressors, screw compressors, vane compressors, rating of compressors, air filters, air

pressure regulators, air lubricators, pneumatic pressure indicators, pneumatic cylinders, Air

control valves, check valves, shuttle valve, two way & three way , four way directional control

valve, flow control valve, pneumatic actuators, pneumatic cylinders, pneumatic rotary actuators,

rotary air motors

Unit VIII: Pneumatics: circuit and applications 5 lecture hours Pneumatic circuit design ,air pressur losses in pipes,basic pneumatic circuit, operation of single

acting cylinder, operation of double acting cylinder,two step speed control system,control of air

motor,materials handling application,sizingof gas loaded accumulators

Text Books

1. Esposito Anthony, Fluid power system

Reference Books

1. Parr Andrew, Hydraulic & Pneumatics

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Page 168: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

PO/

CO

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO11 PO1

2

PSO1 PSO2

CO

1

3 2

CO

2

3 2 2

CO

3

3 2 2 3

CO

4

3 3 3 3

CO

5

3 3 3

Ave

rag

e

3 2 2 2 3 3 3

Page 169: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

HUMN 3010 Social Internship

L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 1 1

Pre-requisites/Exposure Knowledge of Basic English

Co-requisites Knowledge of Basic Computer Skills

A. COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To familiarise the students on the concept ‘giving back to the society’.

2. To familiarize the students on the issues faced by marginalized communities.

3. To provide an experiential platform to the students on any one or two issues as an

internship.

B. COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1: To understand the concept of social responsibility through an internship.

CO2: To acquire hands on experience in ‘giving back to the society’ using creative technology

through an internship.

C. CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Along with Intelligent Quotient, it is important for students to enhance their Emotional Quotient

as well. The Social Internship offers opportunity to the student to be empathetic towards social

issues facing our society. To help and support the affected community / cause through a field

internship is the essence of the course in ‘giving back to the society’.

Page 170: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

D. COURSE CONTENT

Unit I: 4 Hours

Introduction to the course. A brief on social issues facing the society with both global and Indian

examples.

Unit II: 4 Hours

10 hours of field work on a social issue and helping the marginalized / affected community /

cause with photographs and testimonies.

Discussion Questions

Unit III: 4 Hours

Submission of individual reflection on the social service rendered. Major Assignment -Final

Report Submission.

Plan of Work

1. Reading on social issues facing the society with both global and Indian examples.

2. Selecting an issue where the student wishes to contribute and wants to make a difference.

Areas - The internship may be broadly completed by getting in touch with NGO in your city /

town / Police / Municipal Corporation / Local Gram Pradhan / Medical Officer of Government

Hospital / State Health Department / Women & Child Development Centre / Secretary of your

residential society / Your University CSR Department / CSR departments of Corporates / Your

alma mater school / Old Age Home / Orphanage / Literacy Drive / Aanganwadi Centres / etc.

Few examples at Dehradun city on potential internships are given below. Similar could be

explored in your city / town of residence.

Page 171: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Working in collaboration with “Bhojan Mata” and support the teachers in the remote

rural areas for better quality education (workshops, remedial classes for subjects, winter

special classes on art, Awareness on Digital India, Training on computers, crafts, etc..)

Support the police in actively participating in the new initiative launched by ADG-Traffic

(Mr. Kewal Khurana) in providing assistance to reduce the traffic congestion in the city

with additional support from students (9 to 12th) from different schools).

Support the health drive initiated by the State Health department, wherein the doctors

from Government hospitals/clinic are on a mission to provide MMR vaccination to

students from class 5 to 12. Our students can provide them with administrative &

operational support in carrying out the activity successfully.

Work on the Swaach Bharat mission by supporting M.A.D (a society working on

environmental & Hygiene Issues).

The students can approach people like Dr. Anil Joshi (Social activist & Director HESCO)

in village shuklapur who is working on Rural development and creating an awareness on

environmental issues alongside generating self-employment for people living in nearby

villages (e.g, Thakurpur, Premnagar, Selaqui, Rajawala etc. ) or even remote hill areas of

state of Uttarakhand.

Skills development is One of the most happening initiative from GoI, spread awareness in

the remote hill areas (specially in areas like tourism related opportunities, Organic

farming etc.) they can visit the farm of “The Mushroom Girl” – Ms. Divya Rawat from

Mothrowala, as she has also been awarded “Nari Shakti Samaan” by the President of

India.

Online Discussion – Through discussion, students elaborate their preferred area of work

with reference to the Global Scenario and India. Reason for choosing that area also needs and

resources of the people in their area of Social Internship and also submit the testimonials,

which include signature of the authority where students initiated their work, or the signature

of the authority in whose area students are currently working or photographs of work

(photographs must include students working).

Page 172: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Final Report Submission - Submission of the Testimonials include signatures of the

authorities you have worked with, or the signature of the authority in whose area you have

worked or photographs of your work (photographs must include you working).

Students’ accomplishment in their area of operation along with the major successes student

experienced and major challenges faced.

Students will submit the complete elaborated report along with testimonials and

completion certificate in the form of signed Template

The registration for all students will open twice, during winter and summer breaks. They

may enroll for the internship in either of the two breaks.

The student will have to submit a continuous record of their 10 to 15 days internship in

the form of photographs and testimonies (wherever required).

The Blackboard will provide submission modules on each of the 10 to 15 days internship done

by the student.

Mode and Scheme of Online Evaluation:

Modes of Evaluation: Online – Quiz / Assignment / Discussions / Case Studies

Examination Scheme:

Components MSE

(Discussion Questions +

Initiating Internship

Template)

MSE III

(Detailed Assignment – Report

Submission + Testimonials

Photograps/Videos)

Student Experience Sharing

Video

ESE

Weightage (%) 30% 70% 100%

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

Page 173: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

CO/P

O

P

O1

P

O2

P

O3

P

O4

P

O5

P

O6

P

O7

P

O8

P

O9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 - - - - - - - - - 1 - 2 - - -

CO2 - - - - - 1 - - - 1 - 1 - - -

Aver

age - - - - - 1 - - - 1 - 2 - - -

1. Weak Mapped 2. Moderate Mapped 3. Strong Mapped mechanic

Page 174: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

HUMN 3011 Presentation Skills L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure

Co-requisites

Presentation Skills help the students develop the ability to understand the importance of Public-

Speaking. It enables the student to communicate with clarity and precision at workplace. Helps

them understand the importance of their own voice modulation, their ability to connect with an

audience and the need to have an eye contact with the audience. It enables the students towards

understanding body language and the power of involving the audience while giving

presentations. It infuses the student with confidence and thought processing abilities. The student

also is guided to use pronunciation and grammar techniques.

Course Details

o Unit 1: Connect First – deals with Public Speaking

o Unit 2: Weak Language – deals with the redundancy of filler words

o Unit 3: Strong Language – how to use memorable words that evoke emotion

o Unit 4: Voice Modulation- teaches the importance of talking at various speed

or even in low tones

o Unit 5: Teaches the use of body language

o Unit 6: The power of stories and the ability to build a communication bridge

o Unit 7: Deals with engaging the audience

o Unit 8: Importance of opening lines

o Unit 9: Takes care of closing lines

o Unit 10: How to ask better questions

o Unit11: How to tackle a problem with an action point with the usage of voice,

space and body language

o Unit 12: Encapsulation and presentation of what all they have learnt.

Evaluation

Page 175: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Continuous Evaluation to be followed on the lines of Tests and Assignments as prescribed in the

course.

Page 176: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MEPD 4010 CAD/CAM L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 2 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of Manufacturing Technology and

Engineering Mathematics especially matrices operations

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To help the students understand the role of computers in design and manufacturing

technology in the broader context of engineering sciences.

2. To enable students to understand metal forming characteristics and apply basic mathematical

tools for analytical solution of manufacturing problems.

3. To empower students with the expertise of experimentation, prototyping and the fundamental

concepts that are required to ensure best quality products with minimum time.

4. To expose students to a wide variety of research areas and concerns in and around

computational and automation techniques across multidisciplinary domains.

5. To equip students with necessary engineering skills such as solving engineering problems in

a professional way, using commercial software packages for part and assembly design, FEA

analysis etc.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Understand the concepts of CAD/CAM

CO2. Select appropriate algorithms for various geometric entities

CO3. Apply transformations on geometric entities for suitable CAD operations..

CO4. Apply CAM knowledge for product development

CO5. Apply CNC part programming knowledge

Catalog Description

CAD is the use of computer technology for design and design documentation. CAD/CAM

applications are used to both design a product and programme manufacturing processes,

specifically, CNC machining. CAM software uses the models and assemblies created in CAD

software to generate tool paths that drive the machines that turn the designs into physical parts.

CAD/CAM software is most often used for machining of prototypes and finished parts.

CAD/CAM is extensively used to increase productivity of the designer, improve quality of the

design, improve communications, create a manufacturing database, create and test toolpaths and

optimize them, help in production scheduling and MRP models and thus, having effective shop

floor control.

Course Content

Page 177: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Unit 1: 2 lecture hours

Introduction CAD

Introduction to CAD/CAED/CAE, Elements of CAD, Essential requirements of CAD,

Introduction of CAD/CAM, Concepts of integrated CAD/CAM, Necessity & its importance,

Engineering Applications.

Unit 2: 10 lecture hours

Computer graphics-I CAD/CAM systems, Graphics Input devices-cursor control Devices, Digitizers, Image scanner,

Speech control devices and Touch, panels, Graphics display, devices-Cathode Ray Tube,

Random & Raster scan display, Direct View Storage Tubes, Flat Panel display,

Computer graphics-II

Graphics standards, Graphics Software, Software Configuration, Graphics Functions, Output

primitives- Bresenham’s line drawing algorithm and Bresenham’s circle generating algorithm

Geometric Transformations: World/device Coordinate Representation, Windowing and clipping,

2 D Geometric transformations-Translation, Scaling, Shearing, Rotation & Reflection Matrix

representation, Composite transformation, 3 D transformations, multiple transformation

Unit 3: 8 lecture hours

Finite element method:

Introduction, Principles of Finite elements modeling, Stiffness matrix/displacement matrix,

Stiffness matrix for spring system, bar & beam elements, bar elements in 2D space (truss

element)

Unit 4: 8 lecture hours

Introduction to CAM

The influence of computers on manufacturing environment, Programmable Automation,

Automation and CAM. the product cycle & CAD/CAM, the common database as linkage to

various computerized applications. Product engineering, Benefits of CAD/CAM, Concurrent

engineering.

Unit 5: 8 lecture hours

Numerical control

Introduction to Numerical Control, Basic components of an NC system, the NC procedure, NC

coordinate systems, NC motion control systems, applications of Numerical Control, Introduction

to Computer Control in NC, problems with conventional NC, Computer Numerical Control,

Direct Numerical Control, Combined DNC/CNC system, Adaptive control machining system.

Unit 6:

CNC part programming

Introduction to NC Part Programming, Manual part programming, Computer assisted part

programming, the APT (Automatically Programming Tool) language, MACRO statement in

APT.

Page 178: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Text Books

1. Hearn and Baker, Computer graphics, Pearson

2. Groovers, CAD/CAM, Prentice Hall

3. Rao P.N., CAD/CAM, Tata McGraw Hill

Reference Books

1. Martin, S.J., NC Machine Tools

2. Radhakrishnan, Subramanyam and Raju CAD/CAM

3. Chang, Wysk and Wang, Computer Aided Manufacturing Chang, Prentice Hall of India

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

PO/

CO

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO11 PO1

2

PSO1 PSO2

CO

1

2 2

CO

2

2 2 3

CO

3

2 2 3 3 3

CO

4

2 2 3 3

CO

5

2 2 3 3

Ave

rag

e

2 2 3 3 3

Page 179: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Program Elective II

MECH 3015 Heat Transfer L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Basic Knowledge of Thermodynamics

b. Basic knowledge of Engineering Mathematics

(Differential Equation)

c. Basic Knowledge of Fluid Mechanics

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To help the students to understand the fundamentals and relevance of heat transfer processes

in the broader context of engineering sciences

2. To be able to use the laws of heat transfer to estimate the potential for thermo-mechanical

energy conversion in industrial and other sectors.

3. To empower students with the expertise of experimentation, simulation and the fundamental

concepts that is required to translate a novel engineering idea to reality through heat transfer

mechanisms and processes.

4. To expose students to a wide variety of research areas and concerns in regard to heat energy

interactions.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Understand the fundamentals of conduction, convection and radiation.

CO2. Solve Engineering problems related to conduction, convection and radiation.

CO3. Evaluate heat loss/gain in Engineering applications.

CO4. Design heat transfer systems for industrial applications.

Catalog Description

Heat transfer is a process by which internal energy from one substance transfers to another

substance. An understanding of heat transfer is crucial to analyzing a thermodynamic process,

such as those that take place in heat engines and heat pumps. Heat (or thermal) energy is energy

in the form of the vibration and motion of the molecules in a substance. The highly

multidisciplinary nature of the subject can be gauged from the fact that it is taught across

multiple disciplines ranging from Mechanical, Aerospace, Civil, and Chemical to Environmental

Engineering. The current course covers the fundamentals of heat energy interactions, heat

transfer mechanisms, conduction, convection and radiation. The course begins with a description

of different kinds of heat transfer mechanisms and covers the steady and unsteady state heat

transfer mechanisms. The students will learn the fundamental laws of heat transfer and then

apply it various industrial and energy appliances that are associated with heat energy transfers.

The students will thus get an adequate exposure to heat transfer mechanisms, fins heat transfer,

Page 180: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

heat exchangers and evaporators. The course provides the comprehensive concepts on the heat

transfer processes in various industrial appliances such as heat exchangers, boilers, cooling

towers, evaporators etc. The student will also learn the art of engineering approximations, and

the fundamental concepts of dimensional analysis, similitude and experimentation, that are

involved in translating a novel idea to a real-world application. Further, being a rigorous course

on problem-solving, it will acquaint students with engineering problem-solving approaches and

the effective use of commercial software packages to answer engineering questions.

Course Content

Unit I: 6 lecture hours

Steady state conduction: Modes and basic laws of heat transfer; significance of heat transfer;

Fourier’s equation, thermal conductivity and thermal resistance; general conduction equation in

Cartesian, cylindrical & spherical coordinates. Conduction through a plane walls and composite

walls; heat transfer between surface and surroundings, overall heat transfer coefficient;

conduction through single layer and multi-layer cylindrical and spherical walls; effect of variable

thermal conductivity and critical thickness of insulation.

Unit II: 6 lecture hours

Steady state conduction with heat generation: Steady one dimensional heat conduction with

uniform internal heat generation in plane slabs & cylinders. Steady flow heat along a rod; heat

dissipation from an infinitely long fins, a fin insulated at the tip and a fin losing heat at the tip;

fin performance – efficiency and effectiveness of fin; Fin arrays.

Unit III: 6 lecture hours

Transient (Unsteady state) heat conduction: Transient conduction in solids with infinite

thermal conductivity(lumped parameter analysis), time constant and response of a thermocouple,

Transient conduction in solids with finite thermal conduction and convective resistances;

Heisler’s charts for plane walls, cylinders and spheres, Transient heat conduction in infinite thick

solids and with given temperature distribution.

Unit IV: 6 lecture hours

Free and forced convection: Mechanism of free and forced convection; convective rate

equation; Velocity and temperature profiles in convective heat transfer; Dimensionless analysis

variables for free and forced convection, and significance of dimensionless groups; Empirical

relations for free convection from horizontal and vertical plates and spheres; Empirical relations

for free convection for past flat plates and walls, and flow inside pipes and tubes.

Unit V: 6 lecture hours

Thermal radiation: Salient features and characteristics of Radiation, Planck’s law and Stephen-

Boltzmann law for emissive power; Wein’s displacement law; Heat exchange between black

bodies- shape factor & its calculations for different geometries; Heat exchange between non-

black bodies- infinite parallel planes and infinite long concentric cylinders; Electrical network

approach for radiation heat exchange; Radiation shields.

Page 181: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Unit VI: 6 lecture hours

Condensation, boiling and heat exchangers: Condensation and its types; Laminar film

condensation on a vertical plate; Describe of boiling and boiling regimes; Heat exchangers and

their classification; Logarithmic mean temperature difference and area calculations for parallel

and counter flow heat exchangers.

Text Books

a. Cengel Y.A., Heat Transfer: A Practical Approach, Tata McGraw Hill

Reference Books

a. Incropera, Dewitt, Fundamentals of Heat Transfer, John Wiley & Sons

b. Holman J.P., Heat Transfer, John Wiley & Sons

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Class Tests/

Quizzes

MSE Presentation/Assignment/ etc ESE

Weightage (%) 10 20 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 3 3 3 2 2 1 1

CO2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1

CO3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 2

CO4 3 3 2 2 1 1 1

Avera

ge

3 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Page 182: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

CSEG 2014 Computer Organization and Architecture L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Analog and Digital Electronics, Data Structures and Algorithms

Co-requisites Programming for Problem Solving

Course Objectives

After studying this course, students will develop the

1. Ability to understand basic structure of computer.

2. Ability to perform computer arithmetic operations.

3. Ability to understand control unit operations.

4. Ability to design memory organization that uses banks for different word size operations.

5. Ability to understand the concept of cache mapping techniques.

6. Ability to understand the concept of I/O organization.

7. Ability to conceptualize instruction level parallelism.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. To conceptualize the basics of organizational and architectural issues of a digital computer.

CO2. To analyze performance issues in processor and memory design of a digital computer.

CO3. To understand various data transfer techniques in digital computer.

CO4. To analyze processor performance improvement using instruction level parallelism

Catalog Description

This course on computer organization and architecture for computer science major is intended to

explain how computers are designed and how they work. Students are introduced to modern

computer principles using a typical processor. They learn how efficient memory systems are

designed to work closely with the processor, and how input/output (I/O) systems bring the

processor and memory together with a wide range of devices. The course emphasizes system-

level issues and understanding program performance, and the use of abstraction as a tool to

manage complexity.

Course Content

UNIT I: Overview of Computer Architecture & Organization: 4 lectures

Introduction of Computer Organization and Architecture. Basic organization of computer and

block level description of the functional units. Evolution of Computers, Von Neumann model.

Performance measure of Computer Architecture. Introduction to buses and connecting I/O evices

to CPU and Memory, bus structure.

UNIT II: Data Representation and Arithmetic Algorithms: 10 lectures

Page 183: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Number representation: Binary Data representation, two’s complement representation and

Floating-point representation. IEEE 754 floating point number representation. Integer Data

computation: Addition, Subtraction. Multiplication: Signed multiplication, Booth’s algorithm.

Division of integers: Restoring and non-restoring division, Floating point arithmetic: Addition,

subtraction

UNIT III: Processor Organization and Architecture: 12

lectures

CPU Architecture, Register Organization, Instruction formats, basic instruction cycle. Instruction

interpretation and Sequencing. Control Unit: Soft wired (Micro-programmed) and hardwired

control unit design methods. Microinstruction sequencing and execution. Micro operations,

concepts of nano programming. Introduction to RISC and CISC archi tectures and design issues.

Case study on 8085 microprocessor: Features, architecture, pin configuration and addressing

modes.

UNIT IV: Memory Organization: 12 lectures

Introduction to Memory and Memory parameters. Classifications of primary and secondary

memories. Types of RAM and ROM, Allocation policies, Memory hierarchy and characteristics.

Cache memory: Concept, architecture (L1, L2, L3), mapping techniques. Cache Coherency,

Interleaved and Associative Memory, Virtual Memory: Concept, Segmentation and Paging, Page

replacement policies.

UNIT V: I/O Organization and Peripherals: 6

lectures

Input/output systems, I/O modules and 8089 IO processor. Types of data transfer techniques:

Programmed I/O, Interrupt driven I/O and DMA. Peripheral Devices: Introduction to peripheral

devices, scanner, plotter, joysticks, touch pad.

UNIT VI: Introduction to parallel processing systems: 4 lectures

Introduction to parallel processing concepts, Flynn’s classifications, pipeline processing,

instruction pipelining, pipeline stages, Pipeline hazards.

Text Books

a. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic and Safwat Zaky, “Computer Organization”, Fifth

Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill.

b. John P. Hayes, “Computer Architecture and Organization”, Third Edition.

c. William Stallings, “Computer Organization and Architecture: Designing for

Performance”, Eighth Edition, Pearson.

d. B. Govindarajulu, “Computer Architecture and Organization: Design

e. Principles and Applications”, Second Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill.

Reference Books

1. Dr. M. Usha, T. S. Srikanth, “Computer System Architecture and Organization”,First Edition,

Wiley- India.

Page 184: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

2. “Computer Organization” by ISRD Group, Tata McGraw-Hill.

3. Ramesh Gaonkar, “Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applications with the

8085, Fifth Edition,Penram.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 2 - - - 2 3

CO2 2 3 2

CO3 2 2 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 - 2 3

Avera

ge

2 2 2 2 2.25 2.5

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Page 185: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

EPD 3009 Advanced Robotics L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure 1. Knowledge of Robotics & Control

2. Knowledge of Instrumentation and Control

3. Knowledge of Engineering Mathematics

Co-requisites Knowledge of mathematical modelling of mechanical

systems

Course Objectives

1. To make students understand how does a serial robot works

2. To make students learn how to design a serial robot for a given task

3. To make students understand the societal impacts of robotic technology

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Recognize the design issues in robotics.

CO2. Locate the phenomenon of redundancy in manipulators.

CO3. Plan the trajectory of manipulators.

CO4. Develop position and force control techniques for manipulators.

CO5. Assess the various characteristics like degeneracy, dexterity, manipulability,

manoeuvrability, compliance, etc. of robots.

Catalog Description

Robots are very powerful elements of today’s industry. They are also used in space missions,

nuclear reactors and medical field. They are capable of performing many different tasks and

operations, are accurate, and do not require common safety and comfort elements humans need.

Like humans, robots can do certain things, but not others. The subject of robotics covers many

different areas. After going through this course, students will be able to do the kinematic and

dynamic analyses of various types of robots, do the trajectory planning and learn the various

types of control strategies. Students will learn about the effect of extra degrees of freedom on the

performance of a robot. Besides that, students will learn about various robot characteristics like-

degeneracy, dexterity, compliance etc. which form an essential part during design of robots.

Course Content

Unit I: 4 lecture hours

The DH parameters: As axis placement in 3D space, Transformations in 3D, Forward kinematics

and the inverse kinematics.

Unit II: 8 lecture hours

Euler’s Theorem: Chasale’s Theorem, Interpolating for general motion in space – finite screws.

Page 186: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Unit III: 4 lecture hours

Jacobian control of planar linkage: Pseudo inverse and Redundant system, Infinitesimal screws,

Jacobians for 3D manipulators Kinematics of redundant systems.

Unit IV: 10 lecture hours

Parallel manipulators: Some configurations of parallel manipulators, Forward kinematics,

Inverse Kinematics, Dynamics.

Unit V: 6 lecture hours

Serial manipulators: Inverse Dynamics of serial manipulators, Forward Dynamics of serial

manipulators.

Unit VI: 16 lecture hours

Position control of manipulators: Force control of manipulators, Hybrid control strategies,

Variable structure control, Impedance control

Text Books

1. Nakamura Yoshihiko, Advanced Robotics: Redundancy and Optimization, Addison-Wesley

Publishing Company

2. Yoshikawa T., Foundation of Robotics, PHI

3. Kluwer and Merlet J.P., Parallel Robots

Reference Books

1. Saha S.K., Introduction to Robotics, McGraw Hill Education

2. Mittal R.K. and Nagrath I.J., Robotics and Control, McGraw Hill Education on

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/

CO

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO11 PO1

2

PSO1 PSO2

CO

1

3 3 3 2 3 3

CO

2

3 3 3 2 3 3

Page 187: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

CO

3

3 3 3 2 3 3

CO

4

3 3 3 2 3 3

CO

5

3 3 3 2 3 3

Ave

rag

e

3 3 3 2 3 3

Page 188: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Course Code:

ECEG3028 PLC & HMI Lab

L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 3 1.5

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic electronics and electrical

Co-requisites Electrical machines

Course Objectives

1. To recognize industrial control problems suitable for PLC control, conceptualizing

solutions to those problems,

2. Use modern programming software to develop, enter, and debug programs to solve above

problems

3. To install PLC units, interface them with I/O channels and standard data networks

4. To troubleshoot I/O and networking problems to produce functional control systems.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. To provide knowledge levels needed for PLC programming and interfacing.

CO2. To train the students to create ladder logic diagrams for different process control

application.

CO3. Apply PLC Timers and Counters for the control of industrial processes

CO4. Apply concepts of data acquisition system, function development for different application.

CO5. Design sequential control system logic using PLC for automation application.

Catalog Description

Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs) course is especially designed to provide both

theoretical and hands-on experiences on PLCs. This one semester comprehensive course, couple

with laboratory experiments, was designed to provide students and practicing engineers with the

knowledge and confidence they might need to understand the fundamentals, working principles,

architecture, programming, and applications of PLCs. Pursuing this course and laboratory work

on PLCs and their applications would be a worthwhile experience for every graduates. One of

the key tools that are used to do the modern process control is programmable logic controllers

Page 189: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

(PLCs). They are considered as a key tool to control the logical steps of an industrial process.

PLCs have acquired outstanding reputation for themselves in the field of industrial process

control. The laboratory experiments are based on Bosch Rexroth L20 PLC series and software

used are indraworks Engineering.

List of Experiments

Experiment 1

Design a PLC ladder diagram to construct an alarm system which operates as follows

If one input is on, nothing happens

If any 2 inputs are on, red light turns on

If any 3 inputs are on, an alarm sirens sound

And if all the inputs are on then the fire department is to be notified.

Experiment 2

A conveyor is supposed to have exactly 45 parts on it. You have three indicating lights to

indicate the conveyor count status: less than 45, yellow: exactly 45, green: and more than

45, red. The count of parts on the conveyor is set at 45 each morning by an actual count

of parts. There are two sensors on the conveyor, one is actuated by parts entering the

conveyor, and the other is actuated by parts leaving. Design a PLC program to carry out

this process.

Experiment 3

Design and Implement Ladder logic algorithm for two double acting pneumatics cylinder

using PLC. (A+ B+ A- B-).

Experiment 4

Design and Implement Ladder logic algorithm for double acting pneumatics cylinders

with overlapping sequence using PLC (A+ B+ B- A-).

Experiment 5

Design and Implement Ladder logic algorithm for three double acting pneumatics

cylinder with normal sequence using PLC. (A+ B+ C+ A- B- C-)

Experiment 6

There are 3 mixing devices on a processing line A,B,C. After the process begin mixer-A

is to start after 7 seconds elapse, next mixer-B is to start 3.6 second after A. Mixer-C is to

start 5 seconds after B. All then remain ON until a master enable switch is turned off.

Write PLC ladder diagram, timing diagram and realize the same.

Experiment 7

Page 190: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Design and Implement Ladder logic algorithm for three double acting pneumatics

cylinder with overlapping sequence using PLC. (A+ B+ C+ C- B- A-).

Experiment 8

In certain process control application when the count reaches 25,

a paint spray is to run for 40 seconds. Design, construct, and test

PLC circuits for this process.

Experiment 9

A tank filling device simulator consists of 3 tanks that are equipped with signal encoders.

The tank filling device simulator is switched on using the S1 pushbutton “Start”. For

switching the device simulator off, the S2 pushbutton “Stop” is used. For the "Max" (full)

notifications, the signal encoders S3, S5 and S7 are used. For the "Min" (empty)

notifications, the signal encoders S4, S6 and S8 are used. The storage tanks can be

arbitrarily filled and emptied by hand. For the filling, the valves Y1, Y2 and Y3 are used.

A control is to secure that after a "Min" (empty) notification occurred, only 1 tank can be

filled. The filling of the tank continues until the corresponding "Max" (full) notification

has occurred.

a. Determine the type of the signal encoders and receivers and prepare an

assignment list.

b. Prepare a clamp connection plan.

c. Prepare the PLC program.

Experiment 10

The selective band switch is switched on using the S1 pushbutton “Start” and switched

off using the S2 pushbutton “Stop”. On a conveyor band, the selective band switch is

supplied with long and short work pieces in an arbitrary order. After switch on of the

system, the selective band switch is to drive into position "A". If a long piece runs

through the scanning device, all 3 light barriers will be covered for a short period of time

and the selective band switch remains in position "A". If a short piece runs through the

scanning device, the light barriers are activated individually. The switch moves in

position "B". The position "B" must be maintained for a period of 5 s. After expiry of the

time or if a long work piece is fed in, the selective band switch is to return into position

"A" again. Pump 1: 3 kW. Optionally, the cylinder switches S3 and S4 can be used for

monitoring the selective band switch position.

a. Prepare the PLC ladder logic program.

Experiment 11

The control is switched on using the S1 pushbutton “Start” and switched off using the S2

pushbutton “Stop”. Preferably, the three-phase motor with closed Dahlander winding is

to be started up in low speed (delta connection) via the pushbutton S3 and switched over

to high speed (Twinstar) directly via the pushbutton S4. Switch-over to the low speed

may only be completed via the S2 pushbutton “Stop” (mandatory zero) if after activation

of the stop pushbutton, a waiting period of 5 s has expired. If the S4 pushbutton (high

Page 191: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

speed) is activated, contactor K1 is deactivated and simultaneously, contactors K2 and

K3 are activated. Now, the motor is running with high speed. It must be ensured that

contactor K1 has never been activated together with K2 and K3.

Experiment 12

Design and implement ladder logic to interface analog sensor with PLC.

Experiment 13

To control the speed of the DC motor using analog input and PWM.

Text Books

4. Programmable logic controllers, Mc Graw Hill Publication, Frank D. Petruzella.

5. Starr Brian, Basics of Industrial Automation, by Brian Starr

6. Fiset Yves, Human-Machine Interface Design for Process Control Applications

Reference Books

4. Hackworth John R., Programmable Logic Controllers: Programming Methods and

Applications

5. Kevin Collins, PLC Programming for Industrial Automation.

Modes of Evaluation: CONTINUOUS LAB EVALUATION

Continuous lab evaluation shall be done based on the spreadsheet circulated by management.

Continuous lab evaluation & grading students will be evaluated based on the following two

stages.

1 attendance 20%

2 continuous lab evaluation 80%

(a) Lab file - 50%

(b) Viva - 30%

(c) Concept diary - 20%

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

PO/

CO

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO11 PO1

2

PSO1 PSO2

CO 1 1 3 3 3 2 2 3 2

Page 192: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

1

CO

2

1 1 3 3 3 2

CO

3

2 1 3 3 3 2

CO

4

2 1 3 3 3 2

CO

5

2 1 3 3 3 2

Ave

rage

1.6 1 3 3 3 2 2 3 2

Page 193: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Course Code:MECH 3021 Hydraulics & Pneumatics Laboratory L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 3 1.5

Pre-requisites/Exposure

Co-requisites Fluid Mechanics & Machinery

Course Objectives:

1. Acquiring knowledge about the fundamentals in hydraulics and pneumatics

2. Identify and solve various Hydraulic and Pneumatic problems.

3. Exposure to the Hydraulics and pneumatics field application of Fluid Power

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course student should be able to

CO1 Understand the objective of the experiment and experimental set-up/procedure of

Hydraulics & Pneumatics platform.

CO2. Conduct the experiments based on different hydraulic and pneumatic circuit during the

experimentation.

CO3. Interpret data obtained during experiments of hydraulic and pneumatic circuit.

CO4. Use teamwork and ethical principles in solving engineering problem with a measure to

overcome obsolescence

Catalog Description

The course elaborates principles of hydraulic and pneumatic devices, electro pneumatic

components. It gives an overview of control systems associated with hydraulic applications.

Course Content

Experiment No: 01

Extension of a hydraulic cylinder upon the operation of a push-button

Experiment No: 02

Signal storage by electrical self -locking

Experiment No: 03

Signal storage by means of electrical self -locking resetting by means of a proximity switch

Experiment No: 04

Mechanical locking by means of momentary contact switch contact

Page 194: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Experiment No:05

Electrical locking by means of a contactor contact

Experiment No:06

Direct and indirect control of double acting pneumatic cylinder

Experiment No:07

Speed control of single acting pneumatic cylinder -slow speed extension and rapid retraction

Experiment No:08

Position dependent control of double acting pneumatic cylinder with mechanical limit switches

Experiment No:9

Holding element control of a double acting pneumatic cylinder with impulse valve, directly

controlled

Experiment No:10

Basic circuit with AND & OR function pneumatic circuit

Textbooks

4. Esposito Anthony, Fluid power system

5. Parr Andrew, Hydraulic & Pneumatics

Reference Books

4. Laboratory Manual

Modes of Evaluation:

Students will be continuously evaluated based on following 2 stages.

Experiment Evaluation - 50%

viva voce / Quiz - 50%

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

CO/P

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 3 2 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3

CO2 3 2 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO3 3 2 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 2

CO4 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2

Page 195: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

1. Weak Mapped 2. Moderate Mapped 3. Strong Mapped

Course Objectives

To impart the students with MATLAB programming.

To introduce geometric modeling techniques and algorithms.

To impart the students with the CNC programming using simulation software.

To enable students with part programming by G & M Codes.

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course student should be able to

CO-1-Understand basic logical operation and Syntax of MATLAB.

CO2-Analyze various drawing algorithms on MATLAB

CO3- Create models of various manufacturing operations on CNC/VMC machine.

Catalog Description

This laboratory course introduces two most important areas- MATLAB programming for

geometric modeling and part programming using simulation software. Machine tool, which cuts,

mills, grinds, punches or turns raw stock into a finished part is to be studied which controlled

through G and M Codes on numerically controlled machines (NC). Another application includes

design of (optimum) cutting tools and modeling and design of fixtures for dies and molds.

MATLAB software enables students to learn various algorithms for line and circle drawing with

other geometric transformation operations.

Course Content

Experiment No: 01 Basics of MATLAB

To study script files, functions, variable, nesting, matrices, array, algorithms, Input/output,

relational expression, logical expression, plot etc.

Experiment No: 02 DDA Algorithms

MATLAB program to draw line using DDA Algorithms with function/ Script

MEPD 4010 CAD/CAM Lab L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 2 1

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basics of C/C++ Programming, Basic workshop operations

Co-requisites CAD/CAM

Page 196: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Experiment No: 03 Bresenham’s line Algorithms

MATLAB program to draw line using Bresenham’s line Algorithms with function/ Script

Experiment No: 04 Bresenham’s circle Algorithms

MATLAB program to draw circle using Bresenham’s circle Algorithms with function/ Script

Experiment No: 05 Geometric Transformation

MATLAB program for various Geometric Transformation like Translation, scaling, shearing etc.

with function/ Script

Experiment No: 06 Facing

To perform facing operations on CNC/ VMC machine

Experiment No: 07 Turning

To perform turning operations on CNC/ VMC machine

Experiment No: 08 Grooving

To perform grooving operations on CNC/ VMC machine.

Experiment No: 09 Drilling

To perform drilling operations on CNC/ VMC machine

Text Books

1. MATLAB A practical Approach by Stormy Attaway.

2. Ibrahim Zeid, R Sivasubramaniam, CAD/CAM-Theory and Practice, TATA McGraw

hill.

Reference Books

NA

Modes of Evaluation: Class tests/Assignment/Tutorial Assessment/Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Lab Performance Continuous Evaluation

Weightage (%) 50 50

Page 197: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

1. Weak Mapped 2. Moderate Mapped 3. Strong Mapped

PO/CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 1 - - - 3 - - 1 1 - - 2 - 3

CO2 1 1 - 1 3 - - 1 1 - - 2 - 3

CO3 1 - - 1 3 - - 1 1 - - 2 - 3

Average 1 1 - 1 3 - - 1 1 - - 2 - 3

Page 198: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

PROJ 3102 Minor Project -2 L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure

Co-requisites

Course Objectives:

This assignment aims for developing the solving ability in students. The objectives of the

project are to explore, formularize, conceptualization of idea floated by him and / or

faculty and finally do the results analysis with conclusion and future scope. The project

should be carried out at University. In case the project requires outside support/dwelling

in any R&D Organization / Industry, a prior permission regarding the same must be

obtained from the concern authority of the university. The project is divided into both the

semesters and termed as Project I and Project II.

Course Outcomes:

CO1: Explain the proposed topic and idea

CO2: Explain the objectives of the projects

CO3: Demonstrate methodology to achieve the objectives

CO4: Apply the professional ethics involved in projects

CO5: Illustrate presentation skills and report

CO6: Demonstrate ability to work effectively in a team and leadership skills

Catalog Description

Project 1: In this part, the student should develop the project by defining the objectives,

literature review and making detailed methodology. At the end of the semester, the student is

expected to submit a report containing objectives literature status, and proposed solution

(annexure I-IV).

Project 2: This will normally be in continuation of Project I. The student is expected to work on

the objective in depth and come out with specific conclusions. The Final Report will be

evaluated as per the rubrics (refer annexure- V to VIII).

Page 199: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components

MID END Total

Mentor

Evaluation

Panel

Evaluation

Mentor

Evaluation

Panel

Evaluation 100 %

Weightage 25% 25% 25% 25%

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

PO/CO

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

CO1 1 2 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1 3 2 - 1

CO2 2 3 1 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 - -

CO3 1 2 - 2 1 - - - - 1 1 1 1 1

CO4 - - - - 1 1 1 3 1 3 1 - - -

CO5 - - - - - - - - 1 3 2 - - -

CO6 - - - - - - - - 3 2 3 - - -

Average 1.3 2.3 1 1.5 1 1 1 3 1.5 1.8 1.8 1.3 1 1

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

Page 200: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Page 201: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

EPEG 3002 Power Electronics and Drives L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 2 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Basic understanding of electronics device and circuit

b. Engineering mathematics

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1) To learn different power semiconductor devices.

2) To learn different converter topologies, their operation and applications

3) To learn different speed control drives which help to operating motor on different speed

levels.

4) To learn about the speed control phenomena of the machine.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Identify power electronics devices.

CO2. Apply the concepts of power electronics devices in AC to DC conversion.

CO3. Apply the concepts of power electronics devices in fixed DC to variable DC conversion

CO4. Apply the concepts of power electronics devices in DC to AC conversion

CO5. Apply the concepts of power electronics devices in the speed control of dc & ac motors

Catalog Description

A course with emphasis on the engineering design and performance analysis of power

electronics converters. Topics include: power electronics devices (power MOSFETs, power

transistors, diodes, silicon controlled rectifiers SCRs, TRIACs, DIACs and Power Darlington

Transistors), rectifiers, inverters, ac voltage controllers, dc choppers, cycloconverters, and power

supplies. The course includes to give idea about the behavior of electronics devices which

requires that the student design and build one of the power electronics converters.

Course Content

Unit I: 6 lecture hours

Semiconductor power switching devices: Thyristor –Static& Dynamic Characteristics, Turn-on

& Turn-off methods& Circuits, Rating & Protection of SCR’s, Series & Parallel Operation of

thyristors & Triggering Circuits, Characteristics of Triac & Diac, Introduction to new Power

Semiconductor Devices-Power Diode, Power Transistor, IGBT,GTO & Power MOSFET.

Unit II: 6 lecture hours

Page 202: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Phase controlled converters: Principle of Phase Control-Single-Phase Half wave circuit with

different types of loads, Single-Phase & Three-Phase Semi-Converter Semi-Converter & Full-

Converter, Bridge Circuit with line commutation-Continuous & discontinuous conduction,

Single-Phase & Three-Phase Full Converters, Single Phase & Three-Phase Dual Converters.

Unit III: 6 lecture hours

DC choppers: Principle of Chopper Operation &Control Strategies. Step-Up & Step-Down

Choppers, Types of Choppers, Steady State Time Domain Analysis with R,L & E-Type Loads.

Voltage, Current & Load Commutated Choppers.

Unit IV: 6 lecture hours

Inverters: Single-Phase VSI, Half-Bridge & Full-Bridge Inverters & their Steady State Analysis,

Modified McMurray Half-Bridge Inverter, Series Inverters, Three- Phase Bridge Inverter with

180° & 120º Modes, Single-Phase PWM Inverters, Current Source Inverters

Unit V: 6 lecture hours

DC motor speed control: Basic Machine Equations, Breaking Modes, Schemes for DC Motor

Speed Control, Single-Phase Separately Excited Drives, Breaking Operation of Rectifier, Control

of Separately Excited Motor, Single-Phase Series Motor Drives, DC Chopper Drives, Closed

Loop Control of DC Drives.

Unit VI: 6 lecture hours

AC Drives: Induction Motor Characteristics &Principle of Operation. Speed Control of Induction

Motor: Stator Voltage Control, Variable Frequency Control, Rotor Resistance Control, Slip

Power Recovery Scheme, Synchronous Drives.

Text Books

a. M.H. Rashid, Power electronics - Circuits, devices and applications (PH)

b. Ned Mohan, Tore Undeland, William P. Robbins - Power electronics: Coverters,

applications and design (John Wiley)

c. P.S. Bhimbra – Power Electronics (Khanna Publlications)

Reference Books

a. T.H. Barton - Rectifiers, Cycloconverters and AC controllers (Oxford: Claredon press)

b. J. Schaefer, Rectifier circuits – theory and design (John Wiley)

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Class Tests/

Quizzes

MSE Presentation/Assignment/ etc. ESE

Weightage (%) 10 20 20 50

Page 203: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

CO/P

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PS

O 2

CO1 3 - - - - - - - - - - - - 3

CO2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3

CO3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3

CO4 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3

CO5 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 3

Avera

ge 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - -

2 3

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Page 204: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MEPD 4014 Automation in Manufacturing L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Basic Knowledge of plant layout.

b. General understanding of the manufacturing

environment

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To understand and be able to complete the following charts with regard to a specific product,

assembly chart, route sheet, operations process chart, from-to chart, and activity relationship

chart

2. To identify equipment requirements for a specific process

3. To understand the benefit of an efficient material handling system

4. Understand what effect process layout has on the material handling system

5. To describe and determine the effect of product, process, and schedule

6. To design parameters on plant layout and materials handling systems design.

7. To identify the characteristics of product and process layouts and their needs in terms of

materials handling.

8. To develop and analyse plant layouts using manual and computer aided software

methodologies.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Understand the elements of automation and production systems

CO2. Apply principles of automation for industrial applications

CO3. Analyze different types of automation.

CO4. Interpret the different production systems, material handling systems and safety measures.

Catalog Description

Automation is the technology by which a process or procedure is performed without human

assistance. Automation is the use of various control systems for operating equipment such as

machinery, processes in factories, boilers and heat treating ovens, switching on telephone

networks, steering and stabilization of ships, aircraft and other applications and vehicles with

minimal or reduced human intervention. Some processes have been completely automated.

Automation has been achieved by various means including mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic,

electrical, electronic devices and computers, usually in combination. The benefits of automation

include labor savings, savings in electricity costs, savings in material costs, and improvements to

quality, accuracy and precision. This subject is concerned with the use of automation in

production systems. This involves use of various control strategies in production, group

Page 205: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

technology, assembly and transfer lines, cellular manufacturing and flexible manufacturing

systems. The subject will enhance knowledge about why, when and where to use automation.

Course Content

Unit I: 5 lecture hours

Production systems

Categories of manufacturing systems, manufacturing support systems, automation in production

systems, automated manufacturing systems, opportunities for automation and computerization,

types of automation, computerized manufacturing support systems, reasons for automating,

automation principles and strategies, the USA principle, ten strategies for automation,

automation migration strategy

Unit II: 6 lecture hours

Automation and control technologies in production system

Basic elements of an automated system, advanced automation functions, levels of automation,

continuous and discrete control systems, computer process control, common measuring devices

used in automation, desirable features for selection of measuring devices

Unit III: 7 lecture hours

Material handling system

Material handling equipment, design considerations for material handling system, material

transport equipment, analysis of material transport systems, storage systems and their

performance and location strategies, conventional and automated storage systems, overview of

automatic identification and data capture, bar code technology, RFID, other AIDC technologies

Unit IV: 8 lecture hours

Production and assembly systems

Automated production lines- fundamentals, system configurations, work part transfer

mechanisms, storage buffers, control of production line, applications

Automated assembly systems- fundamentals, system configurations, parts delivery at work

stations, applications

Unit V: 5 lecture hours

Cellular manufacturing

Group technology, part families, parts classification and coding, production flow analysis, Opitz

coding system, composite part concept, machine cell design, applications of GT

Unit VI: 5lecture hours

Flexible manufacturing systems

Introduction to FMS, types of FMS, FMS components, applications and benefits, planning and

implementation issues in FMS, quantitative analysis of FMS.

Page 206: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Text Books

1. Automation, Production Systems, and Computer-Integrated Manufacturing, Mikell P. Grover,

PHI.

Reference Books

1. Theory of Automation of Production Planning and of Tooling: Algorithms for Designing

Machine Tools in Automated Industrial Plants, By G. K. Goranskiĭ"

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 3 2 - - - 2 2 3

CO2 1 3 - 2 1 3 2

CO3 2 3 2 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 3 2 - 2 3

Avera

ge

2 2.5 2.3

3

1.75 2.25 2.5

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Page 207: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Program Elective III

MECH 4027 Vibration Engineering L T P C

0 0

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Theory of machines and Mechanics of

solids

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. Introduce basic aspects of vibrational analysis, considering both single and multi-degree-

of-freedom systems and continuous system.

2. Discuss the use of exact and approximate methods in the analysis of complex systems.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1 Understand different types of vibrations in mechanical systems.

CO2 Apply the basic concepts of mechanical vibrations in mechanical systems.

CO3 Analyze various mechanical systems subjected to free and forced vibrations.

CO4 Design for vibration isolation and control.

Catalog Description

An introduction to the theory of mechanical vibrations including topics of harmonic motion,

resonance, undamped and damped vibrations and harmonic excitation. Multi degree of freedom

discrete systems including principal mode, principal coordinates and Dunkerley’s method,

Stodola method and Holzer method. Introduction to continuous systems such as strings, rods,

beams and shafts, whirling of shaft and critical speed.

Course Content

Unit I: Introduction 4 lecture hours

Types of vibrations, Simple Harmonic Motion, Vibration terminology, Principle of super

position applied to Simple Harmonic Motions, Energy method, Rayleigh method, Fourier

theorem

Unit II: Undamped and damped free vibrations 7 lecture hours

Single degree of freedom systems, Undamped free vibration, Natural frequency of free vibration,

Stiffness of spring elements, Effect of mass of spring. Different types of damping, Concept of

critical damping and its importance, Study of response of viscous damped systems for cases of

under damping, Critical and over damping, Logarithmic decrement.

Unit III: Forced vibrations 6 lecture hours

Page 208: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Single degree freedom systems, Steady state solution with viscous damping due to harmonic

force. Solution by complex algebra, Reciprocating and Rotating unbalance, Vibration isolation,

Transmissibility ratio and Support motion due to harmonic excitation.

Unit IV: Systems with two degrees of freedom 7 lecture hours

Introduction, Principle modes and Normal modes of vibration, Generalized and principal co-

ordinates, Co-ordinate coupling. Free vibration in terms of initial conditions. Forced Oscillations

with harmonic excitation. Dynamic vibration absorber, Vibration measuring Instruments.

Unit V: Continuous systems 6 lecture hours

Introduction, Vibration of strings, Longitudinal and Torsional vibration of rods, Transverse

vibrations of beams, whirling of shafts and Critical speed.

Unit VI: Numerical methods for multi degree freedom systems 6 lecture hours

Introduction, Influence coefficients, Maxwell reciprocity theorem, Dunkerley’s equation,

Orthogonality of principal modes, Method of matrix iteration, Stodola method, Holzer’s method.

Text Books

1. G. K. Grover (2009) “Mechanical Vibrations” 8th Edition, Nem Chand and Bros

Publisher, ISBN 8185240566, 9788185240565

Reference Books

1. S. S. Rao (2004) “Mechanical Vibrations” 4th Edition, Pearson Education Inc., ISBN

978-81-775-8874-3

2. S. G. Kelly (2012) “Mechanical Vibrations: Theory and Application, SI” Cengage

Learning, ISBN 978-1-4390-6214-2, 1-4390-6214-5

3. T. Gowda, Jagdeesha T, D. V. Girish (2012) “Mechanical Vibrations” Tata McGraw Hill

Education Private Limited, New Delhi, ISBN 978-1-25-900617-3, 1-25-900617-4

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 2 2 2 2 1 2

CO2 3 2 2 2

Page 209: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

CO3 3 2 2 2

CO4 3 2 2 2

Avera

ge

2.7

5

2 2 2 2 1 2

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Page 210: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MECH 4010 Biomedical Mechatronics L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Instrumentation and Control

Co-requisites Robotics and Control

Course Objectives

1. To familiarize students with various medical equipments and their technical aspects

2. To introduce students to the measurements involved in some medical equipment

3. Ability to understand diagnosis and therapy related equipment

4. Understanding the problem and ability to identify the necessity of equipment to a specific

problem.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Analyze the human anatomy and understand various stimuli arising in human body.

CO2. Apply systems theory to complex real world problem objectives in order to obtain models

of human anatomy as an engineering system.

CO3. Design human like robotic structure or small scale (nanorobotics) robots for deployment in

human body.

CO4. Develop robotic systems to assist human physiology in order to act as prosthetic devise or

surgical robots.

Catalog Description

In this course the focus will be on understanding the concepts of biomedical engineering.

Biomedical engineering has a wide variety of application in mechatronics systems, ranging from

a simplest application of human assistance system (wheelchair etc.) to a complex humanoid. The

design of prosthetics is based upon the combination of mechatronics engineering and biomedical

engineering which opens up a new horizon for mechatronics engineers. A basic understanding of

sensor technology, control system and actuators devices is mandatory.

Course Content

Unit I: 9 lecture hours

Man instrument system: Introduction to Man-Instrument System, Compo Introduction to Man-

Instrument System, Components of Man-Instrument System, Physiological System of the Body,

Problems Encountered in Measuring a Living System.nents of Man-Instrument System,

Physiological System of the Body, Problems Encountered in Measuring a Living System.

Page 211: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Unit II: 6 lecture hours

Bio electric potential: Sources of Bioelectric Potential, Bio Electrodes, Cardiovascular

Measurements: The Heart and Cardiovascular System, Electrocardiography.

Unit III: 7 lecture hours

Medical imaging: Introduction, medical imaging applications, ultrasound, Magnetic resonance

imaging, CT scan, Nuclear imaging.

Unit IV: 4 lecture hours

Application of mechatronics in medical: Introduction, Robotics in medicine, robots in surgery,

nano robots in medicine, rehabilitation robotics, Surgical training simulation and haptic interface,

smart instruments and probes, smart handheld surgical tools, navigation.

Unit V: 4 lecture hours

Medical case studies: Introduction, handheld snake like robots, smart probe for detecting kidney

stones, smart probe for breast cancers, ankle prosthetic knee, smart system for cardiovascular

plaque detection, an instrument for esophagostomy

Text Books

1. Cromwell L; Weibell F.J.; Pfeiffer E.A. (2017) Biomedical Instrumentation &

Measurement. PHI. ISBN No: 0130104922

2. Raja Rao C; Guha S.K (2015) Principles of Medical Electronics & Biomedical

Instrumentation, &, University Press. ISBN no. 8173712573

Reference Books

1. Khandpur R.S. (2016) Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation. TMH Pub. Co. ISBN

No. 0879093234

2. Domach (2015) Introduction to Biomedical Engineering. Pearson Education ISBN No.

0136020038

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/C PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO

Page 212: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2

CO1 3 2 - - - 2 3

CO2 1 - 2 2 3 2

CO3 2 1 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 2 - 2 3

Avera

ge

2 2 1.6

7

2 2 2 2.25 2.5

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

MECH 3014 Design and Analysis of Algorithms L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure 1. Basic Knowledge Mathematics.

2. Programming and Data Structure

3. Advanced Data Structure

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. Able to understand the necessity of the algorithm design.

2. Able to write the algorithm to solve a problem.

3. Able to analyze the performance of the algorithm.

4. Able to implement the algorithm in C/C++.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Analyze the correctness of time and space complexity of algorithms.

CO2. Devise and analyze the Divide and Conquer algorithms.

CO3. Devise and analyze the solution of optimization problems using Dynamic Programming

and Greedy Algorithm techniques.

CO4. Apply Graph algorithm for real world scenario.

CO5. Devise and analyze the Backtracking algorithm.

Catalog Description

This course covers good principles of algorithm design, elementary analysis of algorithms, and

fundamental data structures. The emphasis is on choosing appropriate data structures and

designing correct and efficient algorithms to operate on these data structures.

Course Content

Unit I: 4 lecture hours

Introduction: Algorithm and its Specification, complete development of the algorithm,

performance analysis, randomized algorithms

Unit II: 7 lecture hours

Page 213: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Divide and conquer: General method, binary search, finding maximum and minimum, merge

sort, quick sort, selection, Strassen’s matrix multiplication

Unit III: 8 lecture hours

The Greedy method: The general method, Knapsack problem, tree vertex splitting job

sequencing with dead lines, Optimal merge patterns, minimum cost spanning trees

Unit IV: 8 lecture hours

Dynamic programming: The general method, multistage graphs, all pairs shortest paths, single

source shortest paths: general weights, 0/1 Knapsack problem, the travelling salesman problem,

Basic Traversal and search Techniques: Techniques for binary trees and graphs

connected Components and spanning trees

Unit V: 9 lecture hours

Back Tracking: The general method, the 8-queens problem, sum of subsets, graph colouring,

Branch–and Bound: The method, 0/1 knapsack problem, travelling salesman problem.

Text Books

1. Cormen Thomas H., Introduction to Algorithms

Reference Books

6. Kleinberg Jojn, Algorithm Design

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 3 2 3 3 3 2 2

CO2 3 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2

CO5 2 2 3 3 3 2 2

Avera

ge

2.8 2.4 2.8 2.8 2.4 2 2.2 2.2

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Page 214: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

EPEG 4011 Electrical Machines L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0

Pre-

requisites/Exposure

a. Students should have studied Physics. They should know about

mathematics-vector algebra, complex numbers and matrix algebra

for better understanding.

b. In addition, they should know about the various circuit laws and

their application in Electrical Machinery

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To develop knowledge on constructional details of static and rotating machines

2. Students must be able to understand principle of operation of static and rotating machines

3. Obtain starting, running and speed torque characteristics of rotating machines.

4. Students must be able to identify application of each type of machine.

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Explain various parts of electrical machines

CO2. Describe working, constructional details, connections and applications of transformer used

in power System

CO3. Interpret Know the starting, running and speed-torque characteristics of DC motors

CO4. Choose the DC generator/motor which suits the requirement of application

CO5. Create No Load and Full load tests on transformers/Induction Motor

CO6. Calculate torque and speed of given Machine

Catalog Description

This course covers basic operating principles and constructional details of electrical machines.

This course is a fundamental course for students, to introduce and review the main principles of

electromagnetic induction, production of torque, basic idea of electric machine design, with

special emphasis on the fundamental physics, the important properties of materials, and the

application based understanding of machines. All these aspects are important in the expanding

range of applications and the technical development of electric machines. The course is intended

to benefit students starting out in electric machines, offering a consolidation of the principles and

ideas in which they have been learned and have the opportunity to refresh their knowledge of

fundamental machine operation and torque speed characteristics.

Course Content

Unit I: 10 lecture hours

Principles of Electro-Mechanical Energy Conversion: Review of Laws of Electro-Magnetic and

Electro-Mechanics. Single-Phase Transformers-Construction Principle of Operation., Equivalent

Page 215: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Circuit, Performance Analysis, Regulation, Losses & Efficiency, Testing, Three Phase

Transformers, Special Constructional Features, Alternative Winding Arrangements,, Cooling

Methodology, Conservators, Breathers, Buchholz Relay, Parallel Operation and Load Sharing,

Numerical, Special Purpose Transformers and Applications-Pulse, Isolation, Welding, Rectifier,

High Frequency.

Unit II: 10 lecture hours

Review of Electromechanical Energy Conversion Principles and Basic Concepts in Rotating

Machines- types & constructional features, Magnetic Field System, Types of Excitation General

Expression for Force and Torque Voltage & Torque Equations, Operation as Generator-Self

Excitation Principles. Armature Reaction, Commutation, Operation as a Motor, Characteristics,

Starting, Speed Control, Braking, Losses, Efficiency, Testing and Applications of DC Motors,

Numericals.

Unit III: 11 lecture hours

Introduction, Principle of Operation, Constructional Details Generator Mode, Interaction

between Excitation Flux and Armature MMF, Equivalent Circuit Model and Phasor Diagram for

Cylindrical Rotor Machines, Salient Pole Machines, Two Reaction Theory, Equivalent Circuit

Model and Phasor Diagram, Voltage Regulation and Effect of AVR, Synchronising Methods,

Transition from Motoring To Generating Mode, Steady State Operation Characteristics, V-

Curves, Starting, Hunting Damper Winding, Effects, Speed Control Including Solid State

Control, Brushless Generators, Single Phase Generators. Applications, Numericals

Unit IV: 10 lecture hours

Principle of Operation, Types, Construction, Ratings, Equivalent Circuit, Torque-Slip

Characteristics, Starters for Squirrel Cage and Wound Rotor Type Induction Motors Speed

Control, Braking and Power Factor Control, Double Cage and Deep Bar Rotors, Testing,

Induction Motor Applications, Induction Generators and their Applications. Single Phase

Induction Motors and their Applications, Equivalent Circuit and Operating Principle.

Unit V: 7 lecture hours

Different Types of Fractional HP Motors used in Domestic and Industrial Applications. Linear

Induction Motors and Actuators, Brushless Motors, Stepper Motors, Switched Reluctance

Motor, Hysterisis Motor High Performance Energy Efficient Machines

Text Books

1. Ashfaq Husain, Electric Machines - 2nd Edition; Dhanpat Rai & Co

2. D.P. Kothari , I.J.Nagrath , Electric Machines - 3rd Edition; McGraw Hill Education

.

Reference Books

1. Stephen J. Chapman , Electric Machinery Fundamentals 4th Edition ; McGraw Hill

Education

2. A.E.Fitzgerald , Electric Machinery, 6th Edition ; McGraw Hill Education

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Page 216: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Examination Scheme:

Components IA MID SEM End Sem Total

Weightage (%) 30 20 50 100

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 2 2 2 2 3

CO2 2 2 2 1 3

CO3 2 2 2 1 3

CO4 2 2 2 1 3

CO5 2 2 3

CO6 2 2 3

Avera

ge

2 2 2 2 1 2 3

Page 217: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

EPEG 3002 Power Electronics and Drives Lab L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 2 1

Pre-requisites/Exposure c. Basic understanding of electronics device and circuit

d. Engineering mathematics

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1) To learn different power semiconductor devices.

2) To learn different converter topologies, their operation and applications

3) To learn different speed control drives which help to operating motor on different speed

levels.

4) To learn about the speed control phenomena of the machine.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Circuit rig up and calculate characteristics curve for different power electronics devices.

CO2. Investigate the circuit for AC to DC conversion with different load condition.

CO3. Design and apply the concepts of power electronics devices in fixed DC to variable DC

conversion

CO4. Apply the design concepts of power electronics devices used in DC to AC conversion

CO5. Design, develop and investigate speed control circuit for DC & AC motors with different

load condition

Catalog Description

The laboratory course highlighting on the engineering design and performance analysis of power

electronics converters. Laboratory experiments include different discrete components: power

electronics devices (power MOSFETs, power transistors, diodes, silicon controlled rectifiers

SCRs, TRIACs, DIACs and Power Darlington Transistors), rectifiers, inverters, ac voltage

controllers, dc choppers, cycloconverters, and power supplies. The course is to give idea about

the behavior of electronics devices, which is required by the student to design and build different

power electronics converters.

Page 218: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

List of Experiments

a. To study of different types Commutation circuit.

b. Micro controlled based single phase dual converter.

c. Micro controlled based single phase bridge configuration cycloconverte.To study Mosfet

based chopper motor controller.

d. To study of RC triggering Circuit.To study of different types Commutation circuit.

e. To study of Series inverter.

f. Study of single phase fully controlled bridge converter.

g. Study of single phase half controlled bridge converter.

h. Micro controlled based single phase dual converter.

i. To study of UJT triggering circuit.

j. To study VI characteristics of triac.

k. Study of 8085based Thyristorized DC Motor speed.

l. Study of solar P.V charge control with MPPT.

TEXT BOOK:

a. P.S. Bhimbra – Power Electronics (Khanna Publlications)

b. M.H. Rashid, Power electronics - Circuits, devices and applications (PH)

REFERRENCE BOOKS:

a. T.H. Barton - Rectifiers, Cycloconverters and AC controllers (Oxford: Claredon press)

b. J. Schaefer, Rectifier circuits – theory and design (John Wiley)

c. Ned Mohan, Tore Undeland, William P. Robbins - Power electronics: Coverters,

applications and design (John Wiley)

Modes of Evaluation:

Students will be continuously evaluated based on following 2 stages.

Experiment Evaluation - 50%

viva voce / Quiz - 50%

Table: Correlation of POs, PSOs v/s COs

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O 1

PS

O 2

CO1 3 3 3 - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2

Page 219: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

1. WEAK 2. MODERATE 3. STRONG

CO2 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 - 3 3 3 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 - - 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 - - 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 3 2 2 3 2

Avera

ge

3 3 3 2.7

5

3 2.8 2.3

3

2.3

3

3 2

Page 220: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Course Code: MEPD 4115 Real Time Systems Lab L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 2 1

Pre-requisites/Exposure a.) Programming for Problem Solving

b.) Signals & Systems

c.) Instrumentation & Control

d.) Embedded Systems

Co-requisites a.) Robotics & Control

b.) PLC & HMI

c.) Hydraulics & Pneumatics

Course Objectives

The objectives of the course are:

To develop the ability of undergraduate students in Mechatronics program to interface

between hardware and software.

To make students understand the working of real-time systems like temperature control, fluid

flow/level control, servo control etc.

Course Outcomes

CO1. Understand the principle and working of data acquisition and signal conditioning elements

CO2. Analyze real-time systems that involve control of physical variables like temperature,

pressure, fluid flow, position, velocity, acceleration etc.

CO3. Apply interfacing between the hardware and software

Catalog Description

A graduate from Mechatronics must know how to perform interfacing. Interfacing is an essential

task that helps to control the physical systems. This laboratory course will make students learn

this concept and they will be able to control small physical systems that are of single-input and

single-output type. This course will help in skill development of the students.

List of Experiments

1. To perform data acquisition using computer

Objectives of the experiment

(a) Data acquisition using data acquisition card and function generator; Analysis of the

harmonic, square and triangular signals.

Page 221: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

(b) Capture the above signal and plot the data in Excel format.

(c) Using FFT software, convert the signal to frequency domain and analyze the results.

2. To find out the transient response of a first-order system

Objectives of the experiment:

(a) To determine the time constant of a first order thermocouple system, subjected to a step

temperature change.

(b) To compare the above value of the time constant with that of a thermometer.

3. To find out the frequency response of a second-order system

Objectives of the experiment:

(a) To plot the frequency response curves (frequency ratio vs magnitude and frequency ratio

vs phase angle)

4. To verify a closed loop process control system using proportional, derivative and

integral control techniques with manual change in set-point

Objectives of the experiment:

(a) To study a pressure control system and experiment on closed loop control system with

various types of controls like: P, PI, PD, PID control with manual change in set point

(b) To perform PID tuning using Zeigler-Nichols method

5. To verify a closed loop process control system using fuzzy-logic control for a given set-

point

Objectives of the experiment:

(a) To study a pressure control system and experiment on closed loop control system using a

fuzzy logic controller

6. To control the angular position of circular inertia disc mounted on the shaft of a DC

motor

7. To control the angular speed of circular inertia disc mounted on the shaft of a DC

motor

8. To find out the transfer function of a physical system experimentally

Objectives of the experiment:

Page 222: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

(a) To find out the transfer function of a water tank system experimentally and validate it

theoretically

(b) To find out the order of the physical system

9. To perform image processing of a coin using MATLAB

10. To control the position of an inverted pendulum mounted on a cart using computed-

torque control technique

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Students will be evaluated based on the following 2 stages.

Day to day evaluation - 50%

Viva – voce & Quiz - 50%

a. General Discipline: Marks will be awarded on the basis of student’s regularity, punctuality,

sincerity and behavior in the class.

b. Grading: The overall marks obtained at the end of the semester comprising the above two

mentioned shall be converted to a grade.

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 3 3

CO3 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 3 3

Avera

ge

3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

Page 223: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Course Code: PROJ 4109 MAJOR PROJECT-I L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 4 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure Mechanical engineering subjects

Co-requisites Project specific software

Course Objectives

1. Develop student’s knowledge for solving technical problems through structured project

research study in order to produce competent and sound engineers.

2. Provide the students with the opportunity to design undertake or conduct an independent

research or study related to their degree course.

3. Identify and describe the problem and scope of project clearly, collect, analyze and

present data into meaningful information using relevant tools

4. Select, plan and execute a proper methodology in problem solving, work independently

and ethically

5. Present the results in written and oral format effectively and identify basic

entrepreneurship skills in project management.

Course Outcomes

CO 1: Explain the proposed topic and idea

CO 2: Explain the objectives of the projects

CO 3: Demonstrate methodology to achieve the objectives

CO4: Apply the professional ethics involved in projects

CO5: Illustrate presentation skills and report

CO6: Demonstrate ability to work effectively in a team and leadership skills

Catalog Description

In the modern world engineers and technicians are often involved fully or in part with identifying

problems and finding suitable solutions. These engineering problems may range from a very

large project, such as designing and building a hydroelectric power station, to smaller projects,

such as designing and producing a paper clip to keep notes secure. No matter how large or small,

these problems need to be project managed in order to find engineered solutions. This unit will

provide learners with opportunities to present their own solutions to engineering projects and

Page 224: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

should enable them to feel confident in carrying out project work within their chosen engineering

discipline at the technician level. The unit aims to integrate the knowledge and skills learners

have gained throughout their programme of study, into a major piece of work that reflects the

type of performance expected of an engineering technician. The project is intended to develop

the learner’s ability to identify and plan a course of action and follow this through to produce a

viable solution/outcome to an agreed specification and timescale. The end result of the project

could be an engineering product, device, service or process or a modification to an existing

process or product. As in the real world, the outcome of the project and its presentation are very

important, although this project is also about developing the process skills necessary to carry out

the project. Throughout the project learners will need to apply the technical skills developed in

the other units in the qualification.

TYPES OF PROJECTS

Projects may be either one or a combination of the following categories of projects

Experimental Research, Case study, Industrial applications, Analytical and Simulation. Here we

will include the core area for different departments.

IDENTIFICATION AND ALLOTMENT OF PROJECTS AND SUPERVISORS

At the beginning of the semester, the Project coordinator/HOD meets with the students and

explains to them about the project. Students are given a week to identify their project titles and

send project title approval form to project coordinator. Depending on the project title, the student

is allotted a supervisor.

RESPONSIBILITIES

Responsibilities of the Student

• The student should take responsibility for the design, methodology and presentation of the

project.

• It is the responsibility of the student to edit their work, and ensure all information is accurate

and complete.

• The student is responsible for presenting their research proposal to the Faculty for approval

before embarking on the data collection.

• Students are reminded that their research project must be their own work and all quotations

from other sources, whether published or unpublished, must be properly acknowledged.

Plagiarism is a very serious offence and, where proven against a student, may result in

disqualification from the examination of the project.

• The student should submit material in sufficient time to allow for comment and discussion

before proceeding to the next stage.

• The student takes responsibility for maintaining regular contact with the supervisor.

Page 225: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Continuous monitoring and evaluation. Student will be evaluated twice in a semester by Mentor

(50%) and Expert panel (50%). Marks earned will be compiled and converted to grades.

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

PO/

CO

P

O1

P

O2

P

O3

PO

4

P

O5

P

O6 PO7

P

O8

P

O9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PSO

1 PSO2

CO1 1 2 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1 3 2 3 3

CO2 2 3 1 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 3 -

CO3 1 2 - 2 1 - - - - 1 1 1 3 3

CO4 - - - - 1 1 1 3 1 3 1 - - -

CO5 - - - - - - - - 1 3 2 - - -

CO6 - - - - - - - - 3 2 3 - - -

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

Page 226: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Course Code: SIIB 4101 Summer internship L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 2 2

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of mechanical engineering

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To provide students the opportunity to test their interest in a particular career

before permanent commitments are made.

2. To develop skills in the application of theory to practical work situations.

3. Internships will increase a student's sense of responsibility and good work habits.

4. To expose students to real work environment experience, gain knowledge in

writing report in technical works/projects.

5. To build a good communication skill with group of workers and learn to learn

proper behavior of corporate life in industrial sector.

Course Outcomes

CO 1: Develop good understanding about the organization and define the internship

objectives.

CO 2: Apply technical knowledge and management principles

CO3: Demonstrate ethical principles and innovative way to accomplish assigned

work

CO4: Illustrate presentation skills and report

CO5: Demonstrate ability to work effectively in a team and leadership skills

Catalog Description

The purpose of Industrial Training is to expose students to real work of environment experience

and at the same time, to gain the knowledge through hands on observation and job execution.

From the industrial training, the students will also develop skills in work ethics, communication,

management and others. Moreover, this practical training program allows students to relate

theoretical knowledge with its application in the manufacturing industry.

Page 227: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Student has to submit the internship certificate and feedback form from the organization. He has

to present his work in front of specific panel made by the department after completion of the

internship. Marks will be given to him on a specific annexure based on rubrics by the panel.

Panel member will keep in mind about the feedback given by the industries.

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

PO/

CO

P

O1

P

O2

P

O3

PO

4

P

O5

P

O6 PO7

PO

8

P

O9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PSO

1 PSO2

CO1 2 3 1 1 1 - 1 - - 1 1 1 3 3

CO2 2 1 - - 2 3 2 - - - - - 3 3

CO3 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 3 - - 2 - - -

CO4 - - - - - - - - 1 3 2 - 3 -

CO5 - - - - - - - - 3 2 3 1 - -

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

Page 228: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Page 229: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Course Objectives

1. Apply specifications for adopting/designing different components of a mechatronic system

(mechanical, electrical, sensors, actuators).

2. Develop a mechatronic design using a structured formal approach. Make decisions about

component choice taking into account its effects on the choice of other components and the

performance of a mechatronic system.

3. Design a software-hardware verification using hardware-in-the-loop testing.

4. Apply experimental modelling to assist in the design and tuning of control systems

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Formulate specifications for adopting/designing different components of a mechatronic

system (mechanical, electrical, sensors, actuators).

CO2. Construct a mechatronic design using a structured formal approach.

CO3. Design and implement software for a computer control system with sensor and actuator

interfaces.

CO4. Develop communication interface with a computer control system for tuning.

Catalog Description

This course introduces the process of mechatronic system design. It is a project-based course

where a mechatronic system for an electromechanical component is designed and built. The

course integrates tools and skills related to computer and software, electronics, control,

modelling and simulation. It also develops the concepts of experimental modelling and

implementation of computer control systems. The course provides a real-life experience related

to the practice of mechatronics engineering.

Course Content

MEPD 4016 Mechatronics System Design L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 2 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure Mechatronic Systems, Dynamics , Engineering

Computations Instrumentation and Control , Embedded

System , Electronics

Co-requisites --

Page 230: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Unit I: 3 lecture hours

What is Mechatronics, Integrated design issues in mechatronics, The mechatronics design

process, Mechatronics Key elements, Application in mechatronics.

Unit II: 9 lecture hours

Operator notation and transfer functions, block diagram , manipulations , and simulation, Block

diagram modeling direct method and analogy method, electrical system, mechanical translational

systems, Mechanical Rotational system, electrical mechanical coupling, fluid system

Unit III: 5 lecture hours

Introduction to sensors and transducers, sensitivity Analysis sensors for motion and position

measurement, force , torque and tactile sensors, vibration-acceleration sensors, sensors flow

measurement , temperature sensing device, sensor application

Unit IV: 5 lecture hours

Direct current motors, Permanent magnet stepper motor, fluid power actuation, fluid power

design elements, pie zoelectric actuators.

Unit V: 5 lecture hours

Number system in mechatronics, Binary logic, Karnaugh map minimization, Programmable

logic controllers,

Unit VI: 5 lecture hours

Introducing to signals, systems, and controls, Laplace transform solutions of ordinary

differential equations, System representations, linearization of nonlinear systems, Time delays,

measured of systems performance, controller design using pole placement method

Unit VII: 4 lecture hours

Introduction, elements of data acquisition and control system, transducers and signal

conditioning, device for data conversing, data conversion process. Application software

Text Books

1. Mechatronics System Design, “Devdas Shetty, Richard A. Kolk”, Clengage Learning

2. Mechatronic Systems Design: Methods, Models, Concepts, “ Klaus Janschek”, Springer

Reference Books

1. Mechatronic Systems, Sensors, and Actuators: Fundamentals and Modeling, “ Robert H.

Bishop” ,CRC press

2. Mechatronic Futures: Challenges and Solutions for Mechatronic Systems and their designer

“Peter Hehenberger, David Bradley”, Springer

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Page 231: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 3 2 2 3

CO2 3 2 2 3 3

CO3 2 2 3 2 - 2 2

CO4 2 2 - 2 3

Avera

ge

2.5 2 2 3 2 2.25 2.75

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Page 232: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Program Elective IV

CSEG 4009 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING (JAVA)

L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Programming.

Basic Knowledge of Object Oriented Design

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

The objectives of this course are to:

1. Create Java programs that leverage the object-oriented features.

2. Design & implement multithreading and data structure.

3. Learn the concepts of File handling, Database Connectivity and Network programming.

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the students will be able to

CO1: Express programming problems using Java Programming Language.

CO2: Analyze real world object-oriented concepts and develop the programs based on strings,

exceptions, packages and interfaces.

CO3: Develop and execute the programs for multithreading, file handling and development of

GUI using AWT.

CO4: Apply JAVA programming skills to develop the programs for Network and database

connectivity using JDBC.

Catalog Description

Java is a programming language and computing platform, first released by Sun Microsystems in

1995. There are lots of applications and websites that will not work unless you have Java

installed, and more are created every day. Java is fast, secure, and reliable. From laptops to

datacenters, game consoles to scientific supercomputers, cell phones to the Internet, Java is

everywhere!

Course Content

Unit I: Overview and Characteristics of Java

Java Program Compilation and Execution Process Organization, of the Java Virtual Machine,

JVM as an Interpreter and Emulator, Instruction Set, Class File Format, Verification, Class Area,

Java Stack, Heap, Garbage Collection, Security Promises of the JVM, Security Architecture and

Security Policy, Class Loaders and Security Aspects, Sandbox Model.

Unit II: Start Programming

Data Types & Literals Variables, Wrapper Classes, Arrays, Arithmetic Operators, Logical

Operators, Control of Flow, Classes and Instances, Class Member Modifiers Anonymous Inner

Page 233: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Class Interfaces and Abstract Classes, Inheritance, Throw and Throws Clauses, User Defined

Exceptions, The String Buffer Class, Tokenizer, Applets, Life Cycle of Applet and Security

Concerns.

Unit III: Java Threads

Threads: Creating Threads, Thread Priority, Blocked States, Extending Thread Class, Runnable

Interface, Starting Threads, Thread Synchronization, Synchronize Threads, Sync Code Block,

Overriding Synced Methods, Thread Communication, wait, notify and notify all.

Unit IV: AWT Programming

AWT Components, Component Class, Container Class, Layout Manager Interface Default

Layouts, Insets and Dimensions, Border Layout, Flow Layout, Grid Layout, Card Layout

GridBag Layout AWT Events, Event Models, Listeners, Class Listener, Adapters, Action Event

Methods Focus Event Key Event, Mouse Events, Window Event.

Unit V: File I/O

Input/Output Stream, Stream Filters,Buffered Streams, Data Input and Output Stream, Print

Stream, Random Access File.

Unit VI: Database Connectivity

JDBC(Database connectivity with MS-Access, Oracle, MS-SQL Server), Object serialization.

Unit VII: Network Programming & RMI

Sockets, Development of Client Server Applications, Design of Multithreaded Server. Remote

Method Invocation, Java Native interfaces, Development of a JNI based application.

Unit VIII: Collection

Collection API Interfaces, Vector, Stack, Hashtable Classes, Enumerations, Set, List, Map,

Iterators.

Text Books

1. The Java Programming Language 3rd Edition, Ken Arnold, James Gosling, Pearson.

2. Head First Servlets and JSP 2nd Edition.

3. The Complete Reference Java 7th Edition, Herbert-Schild, TMH.

4. Java SE7 Programmer I &II Study Guide, Kathy Sierra and Bert Bates, McGraw Hill.

Reference Books

1. A premier guide to SCJP 3rd Edition, Khalid Mughal, Pearson.

Page 234: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

2. Thinking in Java, 3rd Edition, Bruce Ackel, Pearson.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components MSE Presentation/Assignment/ etc. ESE

Weightage (%) 20 30 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 2 - 2 - - - 3 3

CO2 2 3 2 2

CO3 2 3 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 - 2 3

Avera

ge

2 2 2.6

7

2 2 2.25 2.5

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Page 235: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MECH 4007 Finite Elements Method L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Strength of Materials , Advanced Mathematics

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To make students understand how to solve real life problems which are difficult to solve

analytically

2. To make students understand when and where to apply particular techniques for

engineering problem solving

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Understand the fundamental theory of finite element analysis.

CO2. Derive equations in finite element methods for 1D, 2D and 3D problems.

CO3. Anlyze the problems using FEM.

CO4. Design and validate finite element model using existing analytical and approximation

techniques.

Catalog Description

Finite element procedures are now an important and frequently indispensable part of engineering

analysis and design. An important aspect of a finite element procedure is its reliability, so that

the method can be used in a confident manner in computer-aided design. This course emphasizes

this point and concentrates on finite element procedures that are general and reliable for

engineering analysis. After going through this course, students will be able to know how real life

engineering problems are solved. They will also be able to appreciate the notion that sometimes

it is not necessary and feasible to obtain exact solutions. In such cases, approximate solutions are

obtained and we then talk about the level of accuracy of the solution.

Course Content

Unit I: 6 lecture hours

Introduction: Historical background, Matrix approach, Application to the continuum,

Discretisation, Matrix algebra, Gaussian elimination, Governing equations for continuum,

Classical Techniques in FEM, Weighted residual method, Ritz method.

Unit II: 8 lecture hours

One-dimensional problems: Finite element modelling, Coordinates and shape functions,

Potential energy approach, Galerkin’s approach, Assembly of stiffness matrix and load vector,

Finite element equations, Quadratic shape function, Application to plane trusses.

Unit III: 8 lecture hours

Page 236: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Two-dimensional continuum: Introduction, Finite element modelling, Scalar valued problem,

Poisson equation, Laplace equation, Triangular elements, Element stiffness matrix, Force vector,

Galerkin’s approach - Stress calculation, Temperature effects

Unit IV: 9 lecture hours

Axisymmetric continuum: Axisymmetric formulation, Element stiffness matrix and force vector,

Galerkin’s approach, Body forces and temperature effects, Stress calculations, Boundary

conditions, Applications to cylinders under internal or external pressures, Rotating discs

Unit V: 5 lecture hours

Isoparametric elements for two-dimensional continuum: The four node quadrilateral, Shape

functions, Element stiffness matrix and force vector, Numerical integration, Stiffness integration,

Stress calculations, Four node quadrilateral for axisymmetric problems.

Text Books

1. Chandrupatla and Belegundu, Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering, Third

Edition, PHI Learning Private Learning

Reference Books

1. Reddy J.N., An Introduction to the Finite Element Method, McGraw Hill Education

(India) Private Limited

2. Bathe Klaus-Jurgen, Finite Element Procedures, PHI Learning Private Learning

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs):

1=We

akly

mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

POs

&

PSO

s

/COs PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

CO1 3 2

2

1 1 3

CO2 3 3 1

1 2 3

CO3 3 3 2 1

1 3 3

CO4 3 2

2

1 3 3

AV

G 3 2.5 1.5 1 2 1 2.25 3

Page 237: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

ECEG 2013 Digital Signal Processing L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Signals & Systems, Engineering Mathematics

Co-requisites --

Course Objectives

1. To help the learners understand signal processing.

2. To enable students develop understanding of role of digital signal processing in real life

application.

3. To give the students a perspective to appreciate importance of system analysis.

4. To enable students acquire knowledge required for developing signal processing systems.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Understand properties of signals and systems.

CO2. Predict mathematical transform on different signals.

CO3. Interpret frequency characteristics of Signals and Systems.

CO4. Design various filters using different techniques.

Catalog Description

Digital Signal Processing is the art of mathematically processing real-life digital form of signals

like voice, audio, video, temperature, pressure, or position etc. Signals are processed to extract

the information they contain. Analog to digital converters are used to first convert analog signals

to digital signals, and then fed to DSP system. Similarly, Digital to analog conversion is also a

very important part of system. The information so processed can be used to control systems

related to several domains. DSP also serves the purpose of enhancing the signal quality by the

use of filters. Digital signal processing has the advantages of high speed and accuracy.

Course Content

Unit I: 8 lecture hours

Basic Elements of Digital Signal Processing Systems, Classification of Signals, The concept of

frequency in Continuous time and Discrete time domain, Discrete-time Signals and Systems,

Analysis of Discrete-Time, Linear Shift Invariant Systems-Linearity, Causality and Stability

criterion. Discrete-time Systems described Difference Equation, Correlation of Discrete-Time

Signals.

Unit II: 9 lecture hours

Frequency Domain Sampling and DFT. Properties of DFT. Linear convolution using DFT.

Efficient computation of the DFT- Fast Fourier Transform Algorithms.-Efficient computation of

DFT of two real Sequences. Efficient computation of the DFT of a 2-N point Real Sequences

Page 238: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Unit III: 9 lecture hours

General Consideration. Design of IIR filters-IIR Filter Design by Impulse Invariance & Bilinear

Transformation, Design of Linear Phase FIR Filters-Design of FIR filter using Windows and by

Frequency Sampling Method, Frequency Transformation in the Analog Domain and Digital

Domain.

Unit IV: 10 lecture hours

Structures for the realization of Discrete-Time Systems-Structures for FIR & IIR Systems. State-

Space System Analysis & Structures, Implementation of Digital Filters.

Text Books

1. Proakis, J.G. (2007) Digital signal processing: principles, algorithms, and application-4/E.

Pearson Education. ISBN: 9780131873742.

2. Salivahanan, S. (2010) Digital signal processing - 2/E. Tata McGraw Hill. ISBN:

97800071329149.

Reference Books

1. Smith, Steven (2012). Digital signal processing: a practical guide for engineers and

scientists. Elsevier. ISBN: 978-8131203286.

2. Lyon, Richards (2010) Understanding Digital Signal Processing, 1/E. PHI. ISBN: 978-

0137027415.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components MSE I MSE II Presentation/Assignment/ etc ESE

Weightage (%) 20 - 30 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 - 2 - 1 - - - 2 3

CO2 2 2 2 2 3

CO3 3 3 - 3 - - 2 - - 1 2

CO4 3 3 2 - - - 1 2 3

Average 2.33 2.67 2.5 2 2.5 1 2 1 1.75 2.75

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Page 239: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

CSEG 3005 Artificial Intelligence L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0

Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Basic Programming Languages

Co-requisites

Course Objectives

1 An ability to apply knowledge of computing and mathematics appropriate to the discipline.

2 An ability to analyze a problem, and identify and define the computing requirements

appropriate to its solution.

3 An ability to design, implement, and evaluate a computer-based system, process, component,

or program to meet desired needs.

4. An ability to use current techniques, skills, and tools necessary for computing practice.

5. An ability to communicate effectively.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1: Demonstrate working knowledge in Lisp in order to write simple Lisp programs and

explore more sophisticated Lisp code on their own

CO2: Identify different types of AI agents

CO3: Design AI search algorithms (uninformed, informed, heuristic, constraint satisfaction,

genetic algorithms)

CO4: Demonstrate the fundamentals of knowledge representation (logic-based, frame-based,

semantic nets), inference and theorem proving

CO5: Compose simple knowledge-based systems

Catalog Description

Presentation of artificial intelligence as a coherent body of ideas and methods to acquaint the

student with the basic programs in the field and their underlying theory. Students will explore

this through problem-solving paradigms, logic and theorem proving, language and image

understanding, search and control methods and learning. Topics include advanced techniques for

symbolic processing, knowledge engineering, and building problem solvers.

Course Content

Unit I 8 Lecture Hours

GENERAL ISSUES AND OVERVIEW OF AI

The AI problems; what is an AI Technique; Characteristics of AI applications Problem

Solving, Search and Control Strategies General Problem Solving; Production Systems;

Control Strategies: Forward and Backward Chaining Exhaustive Searches: Depth First

Breadth First Search.

Page 240: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Unit II: 8 Lecture Hours

HEURISTIC SEARCH TECHNIQUES

Hill climbing; Branch and Bound Technique; Best First Search and A* Algorithm; AND/OR

Graphs; Problem Reduction and AO* Algorithm; Constraint Satisfaction Problems Game

Playing Minmax Search Procedure; Alpha-Beta cutoffs; Additional Refinements.

Unit III: 10 Lecture Hours

KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION

First Order Predicate Calculus; Skolemnisation; Resolution Principle and Unification;

Inference Mechanisms Horn's Clauses; Semantic Networks; Frame Systems and Value

Inheritance; Scripts; Conceptual Dependency AI Programming Languages Introduction to

LISP, Syntax and Numeric Functions; List manipulation functions; Iteration and Recursion;

Property list and Arrays, Introduction to PROLOG.

Unit IV: 10 Lecture Hours

NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING PARSING TECHNIQUES

Context - Free Grammar; Recursive Transition Nets (RTN); Augmented Transition Nets

(ATN); Semantic Analysis, Case and Logic Grammars; Planning Overview - An Example

Domain: The Blocks Word; Component of Planning Systems; Goal Stack Planning (Linear

Planning); Non-Linear Planning using Constraint Posting ; Probabilistic Reasoning and

Uncertainty; Probability Theory; Bayes Theorem and Bayesian Networks; Certainty Factor.

Textbooks:

1. Stuard Russell and Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence. A Modern Approach, 3-rd

edition, Prentice Hall, Inc., 2010 .

References Books

1. Philip C Jackson, “Introduction to Artificial Intelligence”,

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 2 2 - - - 2 3

CO2 2 2 3 3 2

CO3 2 2 3 3 2 2

Page 241: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

CO4 2 3 - 2 3

CO5 2 2 2 3

Avera

ge

2 2 2.5 3 2.6

7

2.2 2.6

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Page 242: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Program Elective V

CSEG 4008 COMPUTER NETWORKS & DISTRIBUTED

CONTROL

L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Computer, Operating System

Co-requisites Computer System Architecture

Course Objectives

1. Get an overview of what protocols and layers are, and how a message moves down

through the layers acquiring different protocol headers.

2. Understand the basics of sending packets (lumps) of data between directly connected

machines, Ethernet, PPP, and wireless 802.11 are data-link protocols.

3. Understand how systems discover which connections to use for forwarding packets—

routing.

4. Understand the importance of providing reliable, data-streams, from program to program.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO 1. Recognize the terminology and concepts of the OSI reference model and the TCP‐IP

reference model.

CO 2. Define the concepts of protocols, network interfaces, and design/performance issues in

local area networks and wide area networks.

CO 3. Interpret the contemporary issues in networking technologies.

CO 4. Analyze the network tools and network programming

Catalog Description

Introduction to local, metropolitan, and wide area networks using the standard OSI reference

model as a framework; introduction to the Internet protocol suite and network tools and

programming; discussion of various networking technologies.

Course Content

Unit I: 8 lecture hours

Data Communications – Networks - Networks models – OSI model – Layers in OSI model –

TCP / IP protocol suite – Addressing – Guided and Unguided Transmission media Switching:

Circuit switched networks – Data gram Networks – Virtual circuit networks Cable networks for

Data transmission: Dialup modems – DSL – Cable TV – Cable TV for Data transfer.

Unit II: 6 lecture hours

Page 243: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Data link control: Framing – Flow and error control –Protocols for Noiseless and Noisy

Channels – HDLC Multiple access: Random access – Controlled access Wired LANS : Ethernet

– IEEE standards – standard Ethernet – changes in the standard – Fast Ethernet – Gigabit

Ethernet. Wireless LANS : IEEE 802.11–Bluetooth. Connecting LANS: Connecting devices -

Backbone networks - Virtual LANS Virtual circuit networks: Architecture and Layers of Frame

Relay and ATM.

Unit III: 7 lecture hours

Logical addressing: IPv4, IPv6 addresses Internet Protocol: Internetworking – IPv4, IPv6 -

Address mapping – ARP, RARP, BOOTP, DHCP, ICMP, IGMP, Delivery - Forwarding -

Routing – Unicast, Multicast routing protocols, Process-to-Process delivery - User Datagram

Protocol (UDP) – Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) – Congestion Control – Quality of

services (QoS) – Techniques to improve QoS, Domain Name System (DNS) – E-mail – FTP –

WWW – HTTP – Multimedia Network Security: Cryptography – Symmetric key and Public Key

algorithms - Digital signature – Management of Public keys – Communication Security –

Authentication Protocols.

Unit IV: 7 lecture hours

Aims of plant automation, classical approaches to plant automation, computer based plant

automation concepts, distributed computer control, Aims of plant automation, classical

approaches to plant automation, computer based plant automation concepts, distributed

computer control, Evolution of hierarchical systems structure, functions levels, database

organization, system implementation concept, human interface, Field stations, intermediate

stations, central computer stations, monitoring and command facilities

Unit V: 8 lecture hours

Transfer of process data, communication within the system , local area network, open system

internet model of ISO, IEEE project 802 on local area networks, MAO-manufacturing

automation protocol, buses and communication , network of DCCS, Real time operating system,

communication software, process-oriented language, application software, software

configuration and parametrization, knowledge based software, Data acquisition and signal

processing algorithms, closed loop and sequential control, optimal and adaptive control,

implementation examples, algorithm available with DCCS

Unit VI: 6 lecture hours

Reliability parameters of systems, reliability and availability of multi-computer systems,

reliability of software, reliability design guidelines for DCCS, reliability concepts in available

DCCS, Power plants, iron and steel plants, chemical plants, cement plants, pulp and paper plants,

cement making plants, water and waste water treatment plants, oil and gas fields, state of the art

in DCCS, state of the art in programmable controllers, factors impacting technology

development, artificial intelligence in process control.

Text Books

Page 244: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

1. Behrouz A. Foruzan, “Data communication and Networking”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006.

2. Andrew S. Tannenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Pearson Education, Fourth Edition, 2003

3. Dobrivojie Popovic, Vijay P. Bhatkar, Distributed Computer Control Systems in Industrial

Automation

4. Fabián García-Nocetti & Hector Benite, Reconfigurable Distributed Control

Reference Books

1. Wayne Tomasi, “Introduction to Data Communication and Networking”, Pearson Education.

2. James F. Kurouse & W. Rouse, “Computer Networking: A Topdown Approach Featuring”,

Pearson Education.

3. Robert H. Bishop, Mechatronic Systems, Sensors, and Actuators: Fundamentals and

Modeling, ,CRC press

4. Peter Hehenberger, David Bradley, Mechatronic Futures: Challenges and Solutions for

Mechatronic Systems and their design, Springer

5. C. Sivaram Murthy, B.S.Manoj, “Ad hoc Wireless Networks – Architecture and Protocols”,

Second Edition, Pearson Education.

6. Greg Tomshon, Ed Tittel, David Johnson. “Guide to Networking Essentials”, fifth edition,

Thomson India Learning, 2007.

7. William Stallings, “Data and Computer Communication”, Eighth Edition, Pearson Education,

2000.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 - - - 2 2 3

CO2 1 - 2 2 1 3 2

CO3 2 3 2 2

CO4 2 - 2 3

Avera

ge

1 2 2 3 2 1.5 2.25 2.5

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Page 245: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

MECH 4011 Micro Electro-Mechanical Systems L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 0

Pre-requisites/Exposure 1. Instrumentation and Control

2. Materials Science

Co-requisites 1. Strength of Materials

2. Engineering Thermodynamics

3. Fluid Mechanics

4. Heat Transfer

Course Objectives

1. To make students understand about the working principles of microsystems

2. To make students know about the various manufacturing techniques used for producing

microdevices

3. To make students understand the significance of microsystems in the advancements of

modern technology

4. To make students know about how interdisciplinary areas converge together for the

advancement of technology

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Define MEMS and microsystems and able to distinguish between the two.

CO2. Explain the working principles of MEMS sensors and actuators.

CO3. Describe the various materials used for making MEMS and microsystems.

CO4. Examine procedures for manufacturing MEMS devices.

CO5. Summarize the applications of MEMS.

Catalog Description

MEMS is a kind of Multiphysics-Multiengineering discipline and its scope is enormous in

magnitude. Microsystem engineering involves the design, manufacture, and packaging of MEMS

and peripherals. There is a strong demand for MEMS and microsystems in a rapidly growing

market. This course provides the students with the necessary fundamental knowledge and

experience in the area of MEMS.

Course Content

Unit I: 2 lecture hours

Overview of MEMS and microsystems: MEMS and microsystems, typical MEMS and

microsystems products, microsystems and microelectronics, multidisciplinary nature of

microsystem design and manufacture, microsystems and miniaturization, applications-

Page 246: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

automotive industry, health care, aerospace, industrial products, consumer products and

telecommunications, markets for MEMS.

Unit II: 5 lecture hours

Working principles of microsystems: Microsensors- acoustic wave, biomedical and biosensors,

chemical, optical, pressure, thermal, Microactuation- actuation using thermal forces, shape

memory alloys, piezoelectric crystals and electrostatic forces, MEMS with microactuators-

microgrippers, micromotors, microvalves and micromotors, microaccelerometers, microfluidics.

Unit III: 12 lecture hours

Basics of microsystem design and fabrication: Atomic structure of matter, ions and ionization,

molecular theory of matter and intramolecular forces, doping of semiconductors, Mechanical

vibration- general formulation, resonant vibration, micro accelerometers, design theory of

accelerometers, damping coefficients, resonant microsensors, Thermomechanics- thermal effects

on mechanical strength of materials, creep deformation, Thermofluid engineering- viscosity of

fluids, streamlines and stream tubes, control volumes and control surfaces, flow patterns and

Reynolds number, the Continuity equation, the momentum equation, the equation of motion,

surface tension, the capillary effect, micropumping, Fourier’s law of heat conduction, heat

conduction equation, Newton’s law of cooling, solid-fluid interaction, boundary conditions.

Unit IV: 5 lecture hours

Materials for MEMS and microsystems: Substrates and wafers, active substrate materials,

Silicon as a substrate material- ideal substrate for MEMS, single-crystal Si and wafers, crystal

structure, the Miller indices, mechanical properties of Si, Silicon compounds- Silicon dioxide,

Silicon carbide, Silicon nitride, polycrystalline silicon, Silicon piezoresistors, Gallium arsenide,

Quartz, Piezoelectric crystals, Polymers- polymers as industrial materials, polymers for MEMS

and microsystems, conductive polymers, the Langmuir-Blodgett films, Packaging materials.

Unit V: 6 lecture hours

Microsystem fabrication processes: Photolithography- photoresists and application, light sources,

photoresist development, photoresist removal and postbaking, Ion implantation, Diffusion,

Oxidation- thermal oxidation, Silicon dioxide, thermal oxidation rates, oxide thickness by colour,

Chemical vapour deposition- working principle, chemical reactions, rate of deposition, enhanced

CVD, Physical vapour deposition- sputtering, Deposition by epitaxy, Etching- chemical, plasma.

Unit VI: 6 lecture hours

Overview of micromanufacturing: Bulk micromanufacturing- isotropic and anisotropic etching,

wet etchants, etch stop, dry etching, surface micromachining- process description, mechanical

problems, the LIGA process- description, materials for substrates and photoresists,

electroplating, the SLIGA process.

Text Books

Page 247: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

1. Tai-Ran Hsu, MEMS & Microsystems- Design and Manufacture, McGraw Hill

Education (India) Private Limited

Reference Books

1. Mahalik, MEMS, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO1

0

PO1

1

PO1

2

PSO

1

PSO

2

CO1 3 3 3 1 1 2 2

CO2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2

CO3 1 2 1 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 1 1 3 1 3

CO5 2 2 1 2 3 3

Avera

ge

2 2.2 1.6 1.4 2 1.67 2.4

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Page 248: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

CHCE 3033 Process Control L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0

Pre-requisites/Exposure 1. Instrumentation and Control

2. Materials Technology

Co-requisites 5. Mechanics of Solids

6. Engineering Thermodynamics

Course Objectives

Upon completion of the course, students will be able to:

1. Describe, identify and implement advanced control applications

2. Optimize industrial models through adaptive control

3. To apply informative control in an industrial environment

4. To implement data processing and acquisition systems through distributed and

supervisory control

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1.Process modeling fundamentals: Differential equation models, Laplace transforms,

linearization, idealized dynamic behavior, transfer functions, block diagram, and process

optimization.

CO2.Control system context: safety, environmental concerns, product quality, and economical

operation, instrumentation (valves, sensors, transmitters, and controllers).

CO3. Evaluate stability, frequency response, and other characteristics relevant to process control.

Catalog Description

This course focuses on the fundamental principles of control theory and the practice of automatic

process control. The basic concepts involved in process control are then introduced, including

the elements of control systems, feedback/forward control, block diagrams, and transfer

functions. The course introduces students to the mathematical theory, modern practice and

industrial technology of process control, combining theoretical and computational approaches in

order to illustrate how dynamic mass and energy balances govern the response of unit operations

and plants to setpoint changes and external disturbances.

Course Content

Unit I: Introduction 6 lectures

Special Characteristics of process systems Large Time constraints, Interaction, Multistage, Pure

Lag, Control loops for simple systems

Unit II: Control System 5 lectures

Page 249: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Generation of control action in electronic and pneumatic controllers, Control valves, valves

positioners, relief valves , Relays, volume boosters, Pneumatic transmitters for process

variables, Tuning of controllers-Zeigler Nichols and other techniques.

Unit III: Control Techniques 9

lectures

Different control techniques and interaction of process parameters e.g. feed forward, cascade

ratio, override controls, batch continuous process controls, feed forward control schemes

Unit IV: Various process schemes/unit operations and their control schemes 8 lectures

Distillation columns, absorbers, heat exchangers, furnaces, reactor, mineral processing

industries, etc. use of control schemes for process optimization

Unit V: Advanced control strategies with case studies 8 lectures

Use of DDC and PLC, Introduction to supervisory control, conversion of existing control

schemes in operating plants, Data Loggers.

Text Books

1. Coughanowr D.R., "Process system Analysis & Control", 2nd Edn., McGraw Hill,

Singapore, 1991.

2. 2. G. Stephanopoulos, Chemical Process Control: An Introduction to Theory and

Practice, Prentice Hall.

3. 3. Peter Harriott, "Process Control" McGraw Hill, New York, 1972.

4. 4. Sharma B.K., "Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis", 7th Edn., Goel

Publishing, Meerut, 1985-86.

5. 5. Donald P. Eckman, "Industrial Instrumentation", Wiley Eastern Limited, 1993 6.

Galen W. Ewing, "Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis", 5th Edn., McGraw Hill

Reference Books

1. Process control system by Bequete

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Page 250: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/CO PO1 PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO1

2

PSO

1

PS

O2

CO1 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 1

CO2 3 - 3 - 3 - - 2 - 2 - 1 2 3

CO3 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - 1 3 2

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Course Objectives

1. To assess the vision and introduction of IoT.

2. To Understand IoT Market perspective.

3. To Implement Data and Knowledge Management and use of Devices in IoT Technology.

4. To Understand State of the Art - IoT Architecture.

5. To classify Real World IoT Design Constraints, Industrial Automation in IoT.

Course Outcomes

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Analyze the IoT (Internet of Things), its enabling technologies and existing applications.

CO2. Analyze and review the technology fundamentals and real-world constraints of the IoT

(Internet of Things)

CO3. Analyze the IoT (Internet of Things) standards and the existing protocols.

CO4. Analyze the IoT (Internet of Things) governance principles and related issues.

Catalog Description

The course will cover IoT systems architecture, hardware platforms, relevant wireless

technologies and networking protocols, security and privacy concepts, device programming and

debugging, cloud integration, simple data analytics, and commercialisation challenges. The

students should expect to be able to apply the taught concepts in the development of an IoT

prototype.

Course Content

CSIS 4001 Internet of Things L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure 1. Engineering mathematics

2. Engineering Physics

3. Basic Electronic Engineering

Co-requisites

Page 251: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Unit I: Introduction to the Internet of Things 8

lectures

History of IoT, about objects/things in the IoT, the identifier in the IoT, Enabling technologies of

IoT, Other technologies (introduction and overview of Radio Frequency Identification, Wireless

Sensor Networks: Technology, Power Line Communication Technology), Internet in IoT.

Unit II: Nuts and bolts of IoT 7

lectures

Vision, technology fundamentals, Real-world design constraints, market perspective.

Unit III: Internet of Things - Implementation examples 7 lectures

Asset management, Industrial Automation, smart grids, Commercial building automation, Smart

cities, Participatory sensing.

Unit IV: The Internet of Things – Setting the Standards 7 lectures

Introduction, Standardizing the IoT, need of standardization, Identification in the IoT (data

formats, IPv6, HIP, multimedia information access), Promoting ubiquitous networking,

Safeguarding data and consumer privacy.

Unit V: Governance of the Internet of Things 7

lectures Introduction, Bodies subject to governing principles (overview, private organisations,

International regulator and supervisors), Substantive principles for IoT governance (Legitimacy

and inclusion of stakeholders, Transparency, Accountability), IoT infrastructure governance

(Robustness, Availability, Reliability, Interoperability, Access), Further governance issues

(Practical implications, Legal implications).

Text Books

1. Hakima Chaouchi (Editor), The Internet of Things: Connecting Objects to the Web, ISTE

Ltd and John Wiley & Sons, Inc., ISBN 978-1-84821-140-7, 2010.

2. Jan Holler, Vlasios Tsiatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stamatis Karnouskos, Stefan Avesand,

David Boyle, From Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things: Introduction to a New

Age of Intelligence, Elsevier, ISBN: 978-0-12-407684-6, 2014.

Reference Books

1. Francis daCosta, Rethinking the Internet of Things: A Scalable Approach to Connecting

Everything, Apress Open, 2013.

Page 252: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal

Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

PO/

CO

P

O

1

P

O

2

P

O

3

P

O

4

P

O

5

P

O

6

P

O

7

P

O

8

P

O

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

CO

1

3 1 - 3 3 - - - 3 1 3 3 3 -

CO

2

3 3 - 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 3 -

CO

3

3 1 - 3 3 - - - 3 1 3 3 3 1

CO

4

3 1 - 3 3 - - - 3 1 3 3 3 -

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Course Objectives:

Identify the components and performance characteristics of the system and the stations.

Understanding the Energy Mass and Information flow in the Mechatronics system.

Mechatronic system components like control components and power components

To function as a Mechatronic Systems Assistant working as a well-grounded machine

operator in a complex system, with responsibility for efficient operation of the equipment

with minimal down-times.

Course Outcomes

MEPD 4016 Mechatronics Laboratory L T P C

Version 1.0 0 0 2 1

Pre-requisites/Exposure

Co-requisites PLC, Hydraulics & Pneumatic

Page 253: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

At the end of this course student should be able to

CO1. Understand the objective of the experiment and experimental set-up/procedure of

Mechatronics platform

CO2. Conduct the experiments based on different operation on mechatronics platform during the

experimentation.

CO3. Interpret data obtained during experiments of mechatronics platform and SCARA robot.

CO4. Use teamwork and ethical principles in solving engineering problem with a measure to o

overcome obsolescence

Catalog Description

This lab imparts skill and knowledge on Modular Automation Production Systems by

implementing the automation skills achieved from Basics of PLC and SCADA system .Students

are trained on the Modular Mechatronic Systems (MMS), which is designed to understand the

industrial production process.

Course Content

Experiment No: 01

Observing, analyzing and documenting in the beginner’s for the mMS reality with station 1

Experiment No: 02

Understanding basic technologies in the beginner’s application for electrical systems/sensorics

with station 2

Experiment No: 03

Basic principles of PLC programming with L20 in the beginner’s application for the electrical

conveyor belt in station 1

Experiment No: 04

Programming and hardware in the beginner’s application for a pneumatic press

Experiment No:05

Machine safety, emergency stop, CE marking in the beginner’s application for emergency stop

Experiment No:06

Programming of the hardware in the expert’s application for the station 2 handling device

Experiment No:07

Page 254: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Implementation of project on CNC simulator

Experiment No:08 Elutriator

Pick and place operation on SCARA Robot

Experiment No:9

Troubleshooting of SCARA robot

Experiment No:10

Interfacing of sensor and PLC for operation.

Text Books

1. Mechatronics System Design, Devdas Shetty, Richard A. Kolk, Clengage Learning

2. Mechatronic Systems Design: Methods, Models, Concepts, Klaus Janschek”, Springer

Reference

5. Mechatronic Systems, Sensors, and Actuators: Fundamentals and Modeling, Robert H.

Bishop,CRC press

6. Mechatronic Futures: Challenges and Solutions for Mechatronic Systems and their

designer

7. “Peter Hehenberger, David Bradley”, Springer

8. Lab manual

Modes of Evaluation:

Students will be continuously evaluated based on following 2 stages.

Experiment Evaluation - 50%

viva voce / Quiz - 50%

Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and

Course Outcomes (COs)

1. Weak Mapped 2. Moderate Mapped 3. Strong Mapped

PO/C

O

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO8 PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

CO1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3

CO2 2 3 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 3

CO3 1 1 2 2 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO4 - - - - - - 2 2 3 3 2 - 3 2

Page 255: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

PROJ 4110 Major Project -2 L T P C

Version 1.0 6 0 0 6

Pre-requisites/Exposure

Co-requisites

Course Objectives

1. Develop student’s knowledge for solving technical problems through structured project

research study in order to produce competent and sound engineers.

2. Provide the students with the opportunity to design undertake or conduct an independent

research or study related to their degree course.

3. Identify and describe the problem and scope of project clearly, collect, analyze and

present data into meaningful information using relevant tools

4. Select, plan and execute a proper methodology in problem solving, work independently

and ethically

5. Present the results in written and oral format effectively and identify basic

entrepreneurship skills in project management.

Course Outcomes

CO 1: Explain the proposed topic and idea

CO 2: Explain the objectives of the projects

CO 3: Demonstrate methodology to achieve the objectives

CO4: Apply the professional ethics involved in projects

CO5: Illustrate presentation skills and report

CO6: Demonstrate ability to work effectively in a team and leadership skills

Catalog Description

This assignment will be an extension of Major Project-I

Page 256: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Continuous monitoring and evaluation. Student will be evaluated twice in a semester by Mentor

(50%) and Expert panel (50%). Marks earned will be compiled and converted to grades.

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

PO/

CO

P

O1

P

O2

P

O3

PO

4

P

O5

P

O6 PO7

P

O8

P

O9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PSO

1 PSO2

CO1 1 2 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1 3 2 3 3

CO2 2 3 1 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 3 -

CO3 1 2 - 2 1 - - - - 1 1 1 3 3

CO4 - - - - 1 1 1 3 1 3 1 - - -

CO5 - - - - - - - - 1 3 2 - - -

CO6 - - - - - - - - 3 2 3 - - -

1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped

Page 257: B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING) (VERSION 5.0) w.e.f. …

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH

List of Open Electives

Open Elective-I/II/III (3 credits each)

PHYS3201 Astronomy and Astrophysics

PHYS3202 Weather Forecasting

PHYS3203 Nanotechnology: A Maker's Course

ECEG3201 AI and Machine Learning

ECEG3202 IOT Devices

ECEG3203 MATLAB for Engineering

EPEC3201 Renewable Energy Technology

EPEC3204 Energy Management

ECEG3204 Introduction to Robotics and Automation

EPEC3205 Energy Efficient Buildings

HUMN0301 Industrial Management

HUMN0302 Professional Ethics

HUMN0303 Employment Communication

HUMN0304 Sociology

HUMN0305 Techniques of Report & Proposal Writing

HUMN0306 Mind, Body and Wellness

HUMN0307 Introduction to Psychology

HUMN0308

Translation Studies: An understanding to approach and

application

HUMN0309 Gender, Culture and Society

HUMN0310 Academic Writing

HUMN0312 Media & Personal Branding

HUMN0313 Understanding Society and Culture through Literature